The World Was Here First

The Ultimate Big Sur Day Trip Itinerary

Last Updated on February 12, 2024

by Michael Rozenblit

Disclaimer: This article contains affiliate links. That means if you click a link and make a purchase, we may make a small commission. As an Amazon Associate we earn from qualifying purchases. For more information, see our privacy policy.

big sur day trip itinerary

One of the most iconic stops when embarking on a California road trip is a stop at Big Sur. However, even if you don’t have the luxury of a long road trip along the Pacific Coast Highway, it’s possible to do a Big Sur day trip if enjoying a weekend in nearby cities.

Spending a day in Big Sur will undoubtedly be one of the highlights of any trip as the dramatic landscapes, beautiful coastlines and lush redwoods will surely take your breath away.

Table of Contents

Getting to Big Sur

All of Big Sur’s attractions are located along the famous Highway 1 on the Pacific coast of California. While there are plenty of things to do and see all along Highway 1 if undertaking a San Francisco to Los Angeles drive , in my opinion, the best parts are located in Big Sur.

If you’re visiting California without your own wheels and need to hire a car, then we highly suggest browsing on Rentalcars.com to find a great deal. They aggregate prices across many major brands so you can easily compare options and save money!

Alternatively, if you prefer a campervan or RV, then I suggest  browsing on Outdoorsy  which offers a huge selection of choices.

The best place to stay if embarking upon a Big Sur day trip is Carmel or Monterey . Monterey, which is further north of Big Sur than Carmel, is located no more than 1-1.5 hours away from most of the attractions that we recommend seeing when visiting the area.

Both these towns also have several attractions to offer themselves, meaning there is plenty to occupy travellers who are spending a weekend in Big Sur.

If you’re coming from the Bay Area, driving from San Francisco to Big Sur will take approximately 3-3.5 hours one way. While this makes a day trip technically possible, it will lead to a long day of driving and might make you feel rushed between stops – something you don’t want to happen when enjoying the beauty of this region!

I, therefore, recommend travellers who want to visit from San Francisco to spend one night in in the Monterey Bay area so they don’t need to rush through all the attractions in this region and also get time to explore these two towns.

If you insist on only spending one day in Big Sur, then there is an option to take a guided tour from San Francisco. This guided day tour includes transport from your hotel and covers a number of the best attractions.

Cannery Row in Monterey

One Day in Big Sur Itinerary

One of the advantages of visiting Big Sur is that all of the attractions you want to see are located along the one coastal road. That means that if you’re driving down from Monterey or Carmel and are then planning on spending the night back in one of those towns, you can visit all of the Big Sur stops in any number of ways!

Bixby Creek Bridge

The Bixby Creek Bridge is one of the most popular stops when embarking on a Big Sur road trip itinerary, as the beautiful landscape surrounding the bridge lends itself to some amazing photographs!

The bridge was built in 1932 as a way to connect these two regions of Big Sur as the in-land road would often become unpassable due to snowfall in the winter months. It is one of the tallest concrete span bridges of its kind in the world and there are multiple places to pull over and enjoy different viewpoints of the bridge.

It is located about a 30-minute drive from Monterey and is a great stop on your either at the start of the day as you drive down to the other attractions or when you’re driving back as the sun begins to set.

Bixby Creek Bridge

McWay Waterfall

McWay Falls is another iconic site that is a must-see on any Big Sur itinerary! Located in Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park, the McWay Waterfall is quite a thin waterfall that is famous for the way the water hits the sandy beach down below.

You can actually see the waterfall from the side of Highway 1, however, for better views, it’s worth taking the short paved walk from inside the State Park. You used to be able to hike down all the way to the beach however that trail, along with a number of other trails in Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park, has been closed due to damage on the trails.

McWay Waterfall is located approximately 40 miles from Monterey and is the furthest south of the stops we recommend.

McWay Waterfall

Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park

If you want to enjoy a long hike during your day trip to Big Sur, you should visit Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park.

The State Park is located approximately 12 miles north of McWay Falls and offers a number of hikes of varying lengths that travellers can enjoy.

We opted to hike Buzzard’s Roost trail which is a 3.2-mile loop (plus an additional 1.3 miles to get to the trailhead from the car park) which has a moderate difficulty that takes you through beautiful redwoods before zig-zagging up a hill until you reach a fantastic view of the ocean – a great spot to enjoy a packed lunch! Expect this trail to take about 2-3 hours depending on your pace.

Some of the other more popular trails in the State Park, such as the Pfeiffer Falls Trail, are currently closed due to damage in the area. You can check which trails are open online  or at the entrance of the park. Other trails to hike include to the Big Sur River Gorge (quite a short one) or, if you’re looking for a long trail, consider the Mt Manuel Trail.

This state park is also home to the iconic Pfeiffer Beach, which is absolutely beautiful and noted for its purple sand.

Entrance to the park costs $10 per vehicle, however, this also allows you to visit all of the other state parks in the area for the day. There are toilets and drinking water taps at the park.

Buzzard's Roost Trail sign

Coastal walks

One of the highlights of visiting Big Sur is undoubtedly the magnificent short coastal walks that you can take by pulling off Highway 1.

Keep an eye out for places to park your car particularly when you’re driving between Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park and Carmel or Monterey. You can also download this region’s map on Maps.Me (one of our favourite travel apps for offline maps!) which will show you all of these trails marked.

Walking along these coastal routes was undoubtedly one of the highlights of our Big Sur trip as watching the waves crash against the dramatic cliffs can be absolutely mesmerising. You should also keep an eye out for large groups of otters that congregate close to the coast!

Viewpoint from a coastal walk in Big Sur

Point Lobos State Reserve

While technically not a part of Big Sur, Point Lobos State Reserve makes an excellent final stop on your day trip.

There are some short walking trails here as well as a number of scenic drives through the park. We found this to be a fantastic stop to enjoy the sunset as visitors here are a lot fewer compared to other stops along this route. There are also a number of tide pools in the state reserve making this a great place to go looking for sea animals!

The entrance fee to the park is included if you already visited Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park earlier in the day.

Sunset at Point Lobos State Reserve

Have More time

If you are planning a Big Sur weekend trip then there are a number of great things to do on your second day near Big Sur. I recommend spending the night in Monterey or Carmel and then enjoying some of the great attractions in both of these towns.

For instance, you can take the time to enjoy the scenery on the iconic 17-mile drive you can even you can enjoy a self-guided audio tour while on the road.

It’s also very much worth visiting the Monterey Bay Aquarium and exploring Cannery Row or even – depending in the time of year you’re visiting – head to the Monarch Butterfly Sanctuary in Pacific Grove.

It’s also worth exploring the charming town of Carmel-by-the-Sea. Take the time to visit the beach, wander the cobbled streets and even pop into a wine tasting room (or two or three!). If you’d rather have someone guide you through all of the great tasting rooms in Carmel, then consider this food and wine tasting tour .

17-mile drive

One of the most famous attractions that draw people to Monterey and Carmel is the 17-mile drive that connects these two towns. This coastal drive has a number of lookout points with beautiful scenery to enjoy.

In our opinion, this drive isn’t as spectacular as Big Sur and as you have to pay $10.25 to enter, you might consider skipping this attraction if you visited Big Sur on the first day of your itinerary and are trying to minimise your California trip cost.

If you do end up driving the 17-mile drive then I highly recommend you go first thing in the morning to try and avoid the tour buses!

The drive becomes extremely busy throughout the day and the crowds can definitely take away from the experience. Another advantage of getting there early is that the wildlife of the area is more active and you have the opportunity to see a plethora of deer that inhabit the region.

If you want to learn more about the drive, you can enjoy a self-guided audio tour while on the road.

Viewpoint at the 17-mile drive

Where to Stay near Big Sur

Carmel Green Lantern Inn – Located only a couple of minutes’ walk from Carmel Beach, their guest rooms have private entrances making this a great option for a weekend escape. Breakfast is included in the room rate.

The Stevenson Monterey – If you prefer to stay in Monterey, then this motel is an affordable option and located just off Highway 1 meaning you can be on the road to Big Sur straight away!  Rooms have all the basic amenities and breakfast is included.

Private Rental – There are private rentals in the Big Sur area which can be a great option if you’re looking for your own space such as this peaceful cottage in Carmel . If you find one within the 17-mile drive then you also save on entrance fees!

Not quite what you’re looking for? Click here to browse other hotels close to Carmel or Monterey!

big sur day trip

Big Sur is undoubtedly one of the best places to visit on any trip through California. Even if you only have time to visit for a day, there is no denying that this is one of the most beautiful places in the entire country. 

Are you planning to spend a day in Big Sur? Have any questions? Let us know in the comments!

big sur day trip itinerary

Related Posts:

Topanga beach in Malibu

9 Best Stops on an LA to Big Sur Road Trip

Balboa Park Gardens

The Perfect 2, 3 or 4 Days in San Diego Itinerary

big sur day trip itinerary

Los Angeles vs San Diego: Which City to Visit?

Avatar photo

About Michael Rozenblit

Michael is a co-founder and writer for The World Was Here First. Both solo and with his partner, Maggie, he has travelled to over 50 countries across the globe and has a particular affinity for the Balkans and Eastern Europe. He’s lived in numerous countries worldwide but currently resides in his hometown of Melbourne, Australia. Read more about Michael

We are traveling from LA to SF and only want to stop one night along the way. Where do you recommend we stay. We are a family of four–2 parents and 2 teens. Thank you!

Hi Mary, You can stay in Monterey/Carmel if you want to see some of Big Sur.

We are traveling from Coronado to San Francisco so I guess we just look at your itinerary in reverse. Any suggestions?

I am traveling from San Diego and want to stop at several sights off Hwy 1 for 4 days, taking off from San Francisco. I would like to stay over night in Santa Barbara, then travel to Hearst castle the next day. Where should we stay if we would like to take in Big Sur the next day. If we were traveling from north to south, it is recommended to stay in Carmel or Monterey, which we could after seeing the Big Sur area. Please advise. Anna

Hi Anna, Yes – I think staying in Monterey or Carmel is best for visiting Big Sur.

We are traveling North from Ragged Point Inn in San Simeon in the AM on 6/9. It looks like the Big Sur coastline requires 2 days. We are also going to stay in Carmel or Monterey and the last night in Santa Cruz on 6/12 but we don’t want to do any North to South driving on US 1. Should we stay one night in Big Sur town, 2 in Carmel, and 1 in Santa Cruz? Would love an itinerary idea for that breakdown. We are seniors who walk a lot but no big hikes. PS I’m afraid of heights but trying to deal with it!! Joanne

Hi Joanne, If you don’t want to drive North to South then I think your itinerary makes sense. You can then spend one full day in Big Sur, one full day in Monterey & Carmel and then continue to Santa Cruz. Hope you have a great trip!

Michael, we are traveling from Sonoma to San Diego in 7 days. Your thoughts please on segmentation ..specifically on Big Sur time allocation …. 2 days Sonoma 1 day Carmel and Monterey 1 day departing from Carmel , Big Sur , Pfifier state park, falls , lighthouse and end in San Simeon ..stay overnight 1 day Hearst castle , travel to Santa Barbara and end in Santa Monica 1 day Getty Center.. maybe Malibu 1 day la jolle and San Diego

We are going in May…

Thx for your feedback.

Hi Craig! Sounds like you have a great trip planned! If visiting Malibu, it might also be worth stopping by at the Getty Villa.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

californiacrossings.com

Getting the Most of Your Big Sur Day Trip

California has 841 miles of coastline but the 96 miles through Big Sur is inarguably the prettiest stretch This dramatic coast has gobsmackingly beautiful views with rocky cliffs, quiet beaches, tons of hikes and marine life.

That there is even a California scenic byway in Big Sur is a bit of a miracle, considering how hard it is to build on such steep terrain. But Highway 1 is an engineering marvel, clinging to the Santa Lucia Mountain range like a stubborn ribbon of promise.

There’s a lot to do in Big Sur and you could certainly spend several days exploring it. But because it’s a compact coastline, you can definitely hit up the highlights on a whirlwind Big Sur day trip.

Whether you are roadtripping the region as part of an epic Pacific Coast Highway trip, or you are simply doing a Big Sur day trip from San Francisco, we’ve got you covered.

We live in the San Francisco Bay Area and have been to the area many times, so you can trust us when we tell you that Big Sur is so worth it . We’ve got the scoop on all of the best things to do in Big Sur, including the top state parks, a few cool hikes, must-see overlooks, beaches and even a super secret detour.

Let’s get started!

Big sur Highway 1 coastline at sunset

How to Get to Big Sur

  • From San Francisco to Big Sur : The drive is 120 miles and approximately 2.25 hours, which you can do via Highway 17 through Santa Cruz or Highway 101 and Highway 156 through Castroville.
  • From San Jose to Big Sur : This drive has similar routing to San Francisco, but it’s only 80 miles and 1.5 hours.
  • From Los Angeles to Big Sur : Obviously, you can’t reasonably do a day trip to Big Sur from LA. But you can certainly add it into a larger road trip, or make it a nice three day weekend. From LA it’s 331 miles and 5.5 hours up Highway 1.

This stretch of Highway 1 is fickle. Storms and rock slides can sometimes wash out the road, which happened as recently as February 2021. Check Google maps or Caltrans for the most current road conditions. If you are interested in flying, check out our resources for finding the best airport for Big Sur .

Point Lobos state reserve coast landscape

The Best Direction for a Big Sur Road Trip

Regardless of your origin point, a Big Sur road trip is best done north-to-south. All of the beaches, nearly all of the overlooks and many of the state parks are oceanside and the west side lane gives you the best views.

If you are day tripping from San Francisco , going north/south is your natural routing anyway. The fastest way back to SF from southern Big Sur is to go through Cambria, over to Paso Robles and back up Highway 101.

However, if you have an extra half hour, we recommend taking the super secret detour over Nacimiento-Fergusson road into Jolon. The road begins just north of San Dollar Beach. It’s a lovely winding detour over the Santa Lucia mountains through forest and pasture land. But check before you commit because that road is sometimes closed.

If you are doing a larger PCH road trip , we still recommend a north-south route for the entire coastline. Plan the trip using our 5 day Pacific Coast Highway itinerary , which goes from San Francisco to LA. It has key stops and suggested places to stay and eat. You could also include Big Sur into a shorter Central Coast road trip, which could include visiting Cayucos and also Harmony town , which are both just south of Cambria.

If you are coming north from LA , be mindful of oncoming traffic. There aren’t many left turn lanes on this stretch of Highway 1. Stay alert and use your turn signals liberally.

Commonly Asked Questions about Big Sur

When is the best time to visit big sur.

August through October are great times for visiting Big Sur. They are the warmest months and the skies are very likely to be clear. Big Sur has moderate, but cool weather year round and December through March are the rainiest months. Check out our article on when to visit Big Sur . It includes a weather chart and season-by-season tips for what to do and see.

Are There Redwoods in Big Sur?

Yes! There are quite a few coast redwoods in Big Sur, particularly in the state park lands east of the highway. Check out the Buzzard’s Roost hike in Pfeiffer State Park . In Andrew Molera State Park , check out Coyote Flat, Panorama and East Molera trails. In Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park , try the Ewoldsen trail. Or do the Lime Kiln Creek or Hare Creek trails in Lime Kiln State Park . Get more info on all of the redwood groves in California .

Is Highway One Dangerous?

It can be if you aren’t paying attention. Highway 1 through Big Sur is a narrow 2-lane road, and some sections have neither guardrails nor shoulders. So, follow the speed limit and use your turn signals.

Is Big Sur Busy?

It can be, especially on holiday weekends, so, be sure to get an early start. Or try taking a day off work during the midweek to avoid the crowds.

When Did the Big Sur Road Go In?

Work on Highway 1 started in 1912 but really got rolling in the 1920’s. Depression-era public works projects in the 1930’s funded the extensive construction of roads and bridges, like the graceful Bixby Bridge. By the 1950’s, America’s interstate highway system and the PCH were complete, fueling California’s mid-century love affair with road tripping.

Are Dogs Allowed in Big Sur?

Dogs are not permitted on any of the state park trails. However, they are permitted on paved roads, of which there are quite a few in Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park . They are also allowed on Pfeiffer Beach , Garrapata Beach , Sand Dollar Beach , William Randolph Hearst Memorial Beach and the walkways along the Piedras Blancas elephant seal rookery . Some of the restaurants also welcome dogs.

Is There Cell Service in Big Sur?

Not much. You may want to print this article and cache our map below.

How to Get the Most of Your Big Sur Day Trip

This article is formatted for doing Big Sur in a day, but you can certainly use it to build a longer weekend getaway. There are a LOT of cool things to do in Big Sur and if you only have 8 hours, something has to give. Here’s our strategy for how to prioritize:

  • Don’t try to include Carmel or the 17-mile drive into this day trip. You can use our Carmel day trip guide to plan a separate getaway or add a day for a longer Big Sur road trip. You can also detour from Salinas and go down through chill Carmel Valley wine country .
  • Do all of the overlooks and pullouts (like McWay Falls and Bixby Bridge). These are quick stops and worth the time for all of the eye candy that you’ll get.
  • Pick one beach to visit.
  • Pick 1-2 state parks . Pick one if you want to do a longer hike or two if you want to do shorter walks.
  • Know your interests . If you love flowers, then road trip Big Sur in the spring and visit the Calla Lily valley. If you are a book nerd, then be sure to visit the Henry Miller library (and also check out our list of great indy bookstores in SF ). If you brake for wildlife, then be sure to see the elephant seal rookery.

*** Please note that due to the Dolan wildfires in 2020, some state park areas in Big Sur are closed for restoration. Check the state parks pages if are interested in hiking the eastern interiors of Pfeiffer State Park , Julia Pfeiffer State Park and Lime Kiln State Park . ***

13 Best Things to Do in Big Sur

If you get an early start and prioritize, you should be able to experience the best of Big Sur, from top to bottom. The following things to do in Big Sur are a mix of popular stops and along with few offbeat or less popular things sprinkled in.

All of the California state reserves and parks charge a $10 entrance fee, with discounts available for seniors, veterans and the disabled. But the cool part for Big Sur day trippers is that the fee tag is good for any state park property all day. So just pay once and keep the tag taped to your windshield. You can also use any of the California state parks annual passes. But there are 12 different annual passes, so use our guide to figure out which CA park pass is right for you.

You should also note that many Big Sur attractions have similar sounding names, but they aren’t necessarily co-located. Every other thing is called “Pfeiffer”, including two very different state parks and a beach. There are also several “Garrapata” things to do with different parking areas.

Read More : Get the full downlow on all CA parks with our complete California State Parks list (with map).

Bug Sur Point Lobos State Reserve surf

Point Lobos State Natural Reserve

Point Lobos is definitely one of the most popular stops on a Big Sur day trip…for good reason. This state nature preserve has the perfect coastal trifecta of marine mammals, craggy coastline and views for days. We recommend doing the full, 6.7 mile loop trail around the peninsula. You’ll see all of the coves, cypress forest, pine forest, tide pools, flowering meadows (in the spring), migrating gray whales (in the winter) and sea lions (all year). Ask at the entry kiosk about guided tours.

If you are short on time, do the cypress grove trail (for trees) or the south shore trail (for sea lions).

Hours : 8am-6pm Logistics : Parking is very limited so get their early, or plan to park on the road shoulder and walk in.

Garrapata State Park

If you are keen to maximize ocean views, then be sure to prioritize Garrapata State Park . The park has two miles of beach front with coastal hikes, diverse vegetation and marine mammals. The most popular trail is the Soberanes Point trail, which laps the bluff in 1.8 miles. For something harder, you can go inland on the 5.4 mile Soberanes canyon trail which has redwoods and panoramic views.

Hours : 8am until 1/2 hour after sunset. Logistics : For the blufftop walk, park at gates 8, 9 or 10. For the canyon hike, park at gate 8.

Calla Lily valley big sur carmel. white flowers

Garrapata State Beach & Calla Lily Valley

The Garrapata State Beach and Calla Lily Valley are actually part of the broader Garrapata State Park. But we’re calling them out separately because they offer a very different experience and they are located several miles further down the coast.

The spot is particularly beautiful in the early spring, when the Calla Lilies are in full bloom. But the beach ain’t no slouch either with a mile of soft sugar sand. Even better, this is one of the few beaches and trails that allow dogs.

Hours : 8am until 1/2 hour after sunset. Logistics : For the Calla Lily valley, park at the pullout at gate 18. For a larger beach parking lot, use gate 19.

Rocky Point at Big Sur. woman standing on a coastal rock

Rocky Point or Notleys Landing Viewpoint

Once back in the car, make a pit stop at Rocky Point or Notleys Landing for a great viewpoint (they are right near one another). These stops offer a wide-angle view of Big Sur’s mid coast. There is a restaurant at Rocky Point with outdoor patio serving up great views.

Logistics : Rocky Point has a good sized parking lot whereas Notleys Landing is a small pullout.

Bixby Bridge Big Sur road trip. art deco bridge

Castle Rock Viewpoint & Bixby Bridge

We have the depression to thank for the lovely Bixby Bridge. The road through Big Sur would not have happened if it weren’t for public works projects that were funded by the New Deal. Bixby Bridge spans its namesake creek with an Art Deco vibe.

There is a very small parking lot at the Castle Rock turnout and also room for a handful of cars on the east side Coast road. If you are on the east side, spend a few minutes walking up the road for an alternative view of the bridge and the creek below

Just south of the bridge are three more turnouts that are worth a quick stop: Hurricane Point, Sea Otter Refuge and Great Sur.

Logistics : This is one of the most popular stops on the Big Sur day trip and it gets very clogged. Be very careful about how and where you park and mind the oncoming traffic.

Andrew Molera State Park

After another 8 miles, Highway 1 begins to veer inland. Andrew Molera is one of the less developed state parks in Big Sur. Like Garrapata, it straddles both sides of Highway 1, offering both forest and beach hikes. For an easy beach hike, try the 2 mile Andrew Molera beach trail. If you want some forest, take the 2.6 mile Bobcat trail.

Hours : 8am to sunset. Logistics : Most of the trails are accessible from the main parking lot.

Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park

Most of the wild parts of Big Sur are protected by the Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park. If you are wondering why everything is called “Pfeiffer”, it’s a family legacy of Michael and Barbara Pfeiffer. In 1869, they settled at Sycamore Canyon and commenced ranching, farming and beekeeping. Rather than sell out to a developer, their son John sold 680 acres to the state of California in 1933. The park has since grown to over 1,000 acres.

Pfeiffer Big Sur is all about the forest. You can take the easy 1.5 mile Pfeiffer Falls trail or the longer 2.6 mile Buzzard’s Roost trail for redwoods. This state park also has a large campground, a cafe and a small grocery store.

Hours : 8am-sunset Logistics : The park has four day use lots. Check the map to figure out which one is near the hike that you want to do.

Pfieffer Beach Big Sur day trip. arched rock and beach

Pfeiffer Beach

Pfeiffer Beach is one of the coolest beaches on this Big Sur itinerary. It has a large, arched keyhole rock and unique purple sand on the north end of the beach. The beach isn’t large, but it’s a nice spot for tide pooling and taking a chill pill.

This beach is not a state park. Rather it’s managed by the National Forest Service, so your day use park pass won’t work here. Also note that the beach is quite popular and the parking lot will fill up on busy days. The beach is hard to find and it isn’t sign-posted. Turn right onto Sycamore road before the Pfeiffer Canyon Bridge. I you get to the Big Sur Bakery, you’ve gone too far.

Hours : 9am to sunset. Logistics : Day use fees are $12. You should be able to use your national parks pass to access the area, but the forest service guidance on this is inconsistent.

Henry Miller Library Big Sur. Piano and books

Henry Miller Library

This quirky spot is a both a bookstore and a library where Miller used to hang out. The library’s mission is to champion the literary, artistic and cultural contributions of Miller. The library is also a cultural center, public gallery and workshop space for Burning Man types.

They celebrate local author’s in the store and the guy who runs it will give you the scoop on Big Sur culture and hidden spots. Check their schedule because they often have events in the evenings and on the weekends.

Hours : Thursday-Sunday 11am-5pm.

Big Sur McWay Falls

Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park & McWay Falls

Julia Pfeiffer is considered one California’s original frontier women. She moved to Big Sur in 1869 and spent her life there as a rancher. Pfeiffer used to ranch in the area of what is now the state park and when Helen Hooper Brown donated the property to the California, she requested that it be dedicated to her friend.

The park is characterized by steep canyons and ancient redwood trees, and it’s the southernmost point where the coast redwoods are found. You can explore them for yourself by taking the 5.8 mile Ewoldsen loop trail or simply take the 1 mile trail down to the overlook for McWay Falls.

The falls are one of the most iconic spots in Big Sur. The McWay creek careens down the steep canyon, dramatically spilling over the cliff before swimming off into the sunset. There is a fenced walkway which goes out to an overlook. The cliff is very steep you can’t hike down to the beach or the falls.

Hours : 8am to sunset. Logistics : There is a medium sized parking lot and bathrooms at the main park entrance. If it’s full, you can sort of park along the road, but it’s a tight fit and mind the traffic.

Limekiln State Park

Limekiln’s 700 acres also houses a large section of redwood forest, ferns and a spectacular waterfall. In 1887, a lime and timber company used the land to extract thousands of pounds of limestone. Ruins of the lime kilns are still on site and can be viewed from the .5 mile Limekiln trail. You can also take the 1.4 mile hike to the Limekiln Falls and there is a small beach on site.

Hours : 8am to sunset. Logistics : There is a decent sized day use lot right off of Highway 1.

Sand Dollar Beach Highway 1 Big Sur

Sand Dollar Beach

Head down the road for 8 more miles and you’ll find Sand Dollar Beach. It’s a lovely crescent-shaped beach with peaceful beachcombing and tidepooling. San Dollar is a great spot to just escape the car for a while and chill out.

The beach is part of the Los Padres National Forest and is also managed by the US Forest Service. And– it’s dog friendly!

Hours : 10am-6pm Logistics : There is a small parking lot on site. The turnoff is a little hard to spot, if you get to the Plaskett campground, you’ve gone just a little too far. There’s a $10 day use fee, but it’s free if you park along the road and walk in.

Mouthy elephant seals at Piedras Blancas California

Piedras Blancas Elephant Seal Rookery

Many people don’t go much past Sand Dollar, or they zoom through southern Big Sur on the way to somewhere else. I’m certainly guilty of doing that. However, if you are into wildlife, you need to stop at the Piedras Blancas Elephant Seal Rookery.

Unlike migratory whales, the elephant seals can always be spotted at Piedras Blancas. The males, females and pups come and go throughout the year according to various lifecycles that include: mating, birthing, molting and resting. The pic above was taken in April and features molting females.

There is a ~1 mile long pathway that runs north-south of the parking lot, with plenty of opportunities to observe the seals. If you want to get jazzed for your visit, you can watch the live elephant seal cam . If you are keen on history, you can also visit the nearby Piedras Blancas lighthouse .

Hours : Dawn to dusk. Logistics : There is a generous parking lot with no fees, and also no bathrooms.

Big Sur Driving Map

Big Sur Bakery on the Big Sur coast drive. two women ordering

Where to Eat in Big Sur

Big Sur isn’t a thriving metropolis of foodie destinations. There are few restaurants along the coastal part of the trail, with more being found on the middle inland section.

You may want to consider bringing a picnic and eating lunch on one of the beaches mentioned above. Compagno’s Deli in Pacific Grove has fresh, massive sanwiches and other picnic fixins’.

Rocky Point has a good restaurant, with burgers, salads a wide beer selection and killer views. The Big Sur Bakery will hit your sweet spot with coffee, sweet breads, cookies and muffins. If you want something more substantial, try the nearby Big Sur Taphouse , which serves sandwiches, burgers tacos and tap beer. The Taphouse also has a deli.

The arch at Point Lobos State Reserve

(This article contains affiliate links. This means that if you choose to purchase, I’ll make a small commission.)

What to Take

If you need to rent a car, all of the major companies are located at SFO, Oakland and San Jose airports. Get your best rental car deal by comparing  prices with Rentalcars.com .

Here are a few other things to pack for the trip:

  • Bring a cooler . Consider getting a  plug-in cooler , which uses your car’s 12 volt plug to keep things cold.
  • Pack layers . You’ll experience warm to cool to foggy and back again, all within one day in Big Sur. Bring layers and a hat or buff.
  • Proper hiking pants . For the longer trails, hiking pants with zippered pocks are a must. I love the hiking pants  from Kuhl . They are breathable, stretchy and have zippered pockets. I’m also a big fan of  Columbia hiking clothing . They strike the right balance between price and quality and their clothes have a more generous cut.
  • Proper hiking shoes . You don’t need heavy hiking boots for a Big Sur day trip, but if you are doing the forest hikes, you should at least invest in some trail runners or light hikers. We’ve put well over 1,000 miles on the  Hoka Speedgoat trail runners . They have strong foot cushioning and great grip.
  • A roadside safety kit . This  roadside safely kit  includes things like a warning triangle, jumper cables, glass breaker, multi tool, cable ties and small first aid kit. These kits also make a thoughtful, if tragically practical Christmas or birthday gift.
  • A road atlas . I wasn’t kidding about the lack of cell signal on the coast, so go old school with the  California Road & Recreation Atlas . It’s rather detailed and will serve you well on future road trips.

Where to Stay in Big Sur

Just in case you want to stretch a day trip to Big Sur into a weekend getaway, you may want to look into some lodging options. If you just want a reasonably priced motel, then staying in Monterey, Carmel or Pacific Grove is your best bet. The Green Lantern Inn  is budget friendly.

You could also look at the Monterey Peninsula Inn is a well-reviewed basic motel only a few blocks from the beach in Pacific Grove. (Read reviews or book at  Hotels.com  or  Trip Advisor .

If you want to go 5 star and fancy, book the Hyatt Carmel Highlands.The rooms have kitchenettes, a luxurious bathroom and the dining room and bar have amazing sunset views. (Read reviews or book at  Booking.com )

We’ve also got a full guide to all Big Sur campgrounds .

Big Sur day trip to Point Lobos. rocky bay and grasses

More Northern California Road Trip Getaways

Book some vacation time and start planning your next day trip or road trip.

  • San Francisco to Yosemite road trip , which includes redwoods, classic Yosemite and Gold Country.
  • Drive down Highway 395 in the Eastern Sierras for crazy geology, alpine lakes, fall color and red rocks.
  • Spend a day taking the scenic drive around Lake Tahoe , with state parks, beaches and local California history.
  • Spend a weekend in Sonoma County’s quirky Guerneville .
  • DIY a weekend getaway to one of Northern California’s most charming coastal towns .
If we are always arriving and departing, it is also true that we are eternally anchored. One’s destination is never a place but rather a new way of looking at things . – Henry Miller ( Big Sur and the Oranges of Hieronymus Bosch )

True that Henry. Wise advice for anyone soaking up Big Sur. May the vast coastline and quiet forests help you find a new way of looking at things. Happy trails!

Share this Big Sur day trip with your friends on Pinterest:

Big Sur Road Trip Do it in one day. McWay Waterfall at the ocean

Share with your friends

2 thoughts on “Getting the Most of Your Big Sur Day Trip”

Planning a trip out there for this September and your information helped a TON!!!! Thank you so much for all the useful information; it is very much appreciated

As are you 😉

Rocky Point Restaurant is closed. Coastal access is still available from the parking lot, but the business is not open.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Voyage & Venture

The Ultimate Big Sur Day Trip Itinerary

The Ultimate Big Sur Day Trip Itinerary

Located on the California coastline, Big Sur has made a name for itself as one of the most beautiful destinations in The Golden State. And that’s definitely saying something, considering the fact that California is home to stunning natural gems like the golden beaches of San Diego, the soaring mountains of Yosemite National Park, and the towering trees of Sequoia National Park. But with its picture-perfect beaches, thriving redwood forests, and cascading waterfalls, this small coastal California town certainly holds its own, and Big Sur is the perfect place for a day trip.

While a few days in Big Sur would be ideal, sometimes a day trip is all you may have time for. On this itinerary, we’ve included many of the must-see highlights of Big Sur – from beaches to bridges to hikes.

Most people make the day trip to Big Sur from San Francisco, as the drive only takes about two hours. But there is also the option to add this Big Sur day trip itinerary to a larger California road trip or West Coast road trip plan.

As always, this itinerary is just a structured suggestion of what you can do during one day in Big Sur. Feel free to adjust this guide to fit your preferences, whether that means taking activities out, putting some in, or mixing up the order.

Finally, it’s important to note that Big Sur and the roads to get there can get very crowded during peak season and holiday weekends. If you have some flexibility, try to visit during a weekday. And if that’s not possible for you, be sure to get an early start.

Pop by Calla Lily Valley

Now, Calla Lily Valley isn’t technically in Big Sur. It’s just outside of it. But regardless of that fact, we think it’s worth squeezing into your Big Sur day trip, especially if you happen to be visiting in the spring.

Between late February and early May, this lovely valley is filled to the brim with calla lilies! As if that weren’t stunning enough, this special spot also has stunning views of the Pacific Ocean, so you definitely don’t want to miss out.

There are a couple of ways to reach Calla Lily Valley. The most popular way is to take the trail near Stop #5 at Garrapata State Beach. From there, you’ll have to walk just under one kilometre each way. But there’s also a second, under-the-radar way via Soberanes Canyon Trail that takes less than five minutes.

big sur day trip itinerary

Check Out the Bixby Creek Bridge

Bixby Creek Bridge is one of the most popular Big Sur landmarks. Built in 1932, this bridge was quite an architectural accomplishment for that time period. It soars nearly 80 metres over the Cross Canyon and required 45,000 sacks of cement to build! So it was definitely not a walk in the park to construct.

As you continue your drive down Highway 1, you’ll eventually cross this towering bridge. But before you get there, be sure to make a stop or two to snap some pictures! There are quite a few viewpoints near this bridge, but the Castle Rock Viewpoint is where everyone takes those iconic Bixby Creek Bridge photos.

*Note: The Castle Rock Viewpoint is just a small pullout along Highway 1. Please be careful when entering and exiting your car here!

big sur day trip itinerary

Go for a Hike at Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park

While you’ll have gotten a few moments to stretch your legs at Calla Lily Valley and Bixby Creek Bridge, you’ll really get your blood pumping again with a hike at Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park – and that will definitely be a welcome change after hours of driving.

There are a few different hikes in Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park that are worth your time. But since you won’t be able to do them all during your Big Sur day trip, you can pick the one that works best for you.

First, there’s the Buzzard’s Roost hike. This is by far the most popular hike in Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park. As you wind your way on this 4.8-kilometre trail, you’ll be surrounded by towering redwood trees that are absolutely breathtaking! And as if the trees weren’t enough on their own, you’ll also get glimpses of the Pacific Ocean, the Santa Lucia Mountains, and the Sycamore Canyon.

Then, there’s the Pfeiffer Falls Trail. At only 3.2 kilometres roundtrip, this hike is perfect if you’re looking for something relatively short and sweet. You’ll be surrounded by massive redwood and oak trees, and at the end, you’ll get to see a cascading 18 metre waterfall. (Pro Tip: Add an extra kilometre to your adventure to see the landscape from the Valley View Overlook too!)

And last but certainly not least, there’s the Mt. Manuel Trail. Starting in Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park and ending in U.S. Forest Service land, this 12.9-kilometre roundtrip hike is great if you’re looking to get a workout in and enjoy fantastic views. With 914 metres of elevation gain, it’s certainly not for the faint of heart. But if you can handle it, you’ll be rewarded with amazing views of Big Sur Gorge, Little Sur Valley, the Santa Lucia Mountains, and of course the Pacific Ocean.

Before you head out on any of these hikes, be sure to check the California Department of Parks and Recreation website to make sure that they’re open. These trails often close due to damage from wildfires and other natural disasters.

big sur day trip itinerary

See Purple Sand Beach at Pfeiffer Beach

No trip to Big Sur would be complete without a stop at Pfeiffer Beach. This strip of shoreline has so much going for it. First, there are some incredible tidepools to explore. The more you look, the more you’ll see – including crabs, sea urchins, sea anemones, and starfish!

Then, there’s the soaring Keyhole Rock. This awe-inspiring rock formation will inevitably make you want to take a few dozen pictures. If you time it right, you’ll be able to see the sunlight shining through the “keyhole,” which is absolutely magical.

And last but certainly not least, there’s a stretch of Pfeiffer Beach with rare purple sand! This uniquely hued sand comes from a natural collection of manganese garnet gemstones buried within the beachside cliffs.

big sur day trip itinerary

You could easily spend hours at this one stop tidepooling, picture taking, and simply relaxing. If you’d like, you can even plan ahead, grab some food from one of the restaurants in Big Sur’s tiny town, and have a lovely picnic on the beach! Big Sur Bakery, the Restaurant at River Inn Big Sur, and Nepenthe are a few local favourites that offer takeout.

big sur day trip itinerary

Gape in Awe at McWay Falls

The final stop on this Big Sur day trip itinerary is the incredible McWay Falls. This 24-metre waterfall is a rare tidefall, a waterfall that flows directly into the ocean. As a matter of fact, McWay Falls is one of about 39 tidefalls in the entire world!

This stunning waterfall is located at McWay Beach in Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park. You’ll have to hike the short and sweet McWay Waterfall Trail to get an unobstructed view of the falls, but it’s totally worth the one kilometre of effort.

If you have time left during your Big Sur day trip, you can stick around in Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park a little longer. There are several hikes that are worth your time, including the Ewoldsen Trail, the Canyon Trail, and the Tan Bark Trail. But before you head out, check the California Department of Parks and Recreation website to see if the trails are open, as they are often closed to the public due to wildfire damage.

And there you have it! The ultimate Big Sur day trip. Let us know what you think in the comments!

Looking for other California road trip ideas? How about Los Angeles to Yosemite National Park!

Konto na Binance

Monday 3rd of July 2023

Thanks for sharing. I read many of your blog posts, cool, your blog is very good. https://www.binance.com/pl/register?ref=V2H9AFPY

Sunday 28th of May 2023

I may need your help. I've been doing research on gate io recently, and I've tried a lot of different things. Later, I read your article, and I think your way of writing has given me some innovative ideas, thank you very much.

  • Work with Me
  • Start a Blog
  • Yearly Roundups
  • 101 in 1001 Goals
  • how to start a travel blog
  • tips for new bloggers
  • write me a guest post!
  • Work With Me

A Passion and A Passport

Proving Travel is Possible with a Full-Time 9-5

A Quick Trip to Beautiful Big Sur: What to See, Do, Eat, and Enjoy

last Updated: May 15, 2023 big sur california central coast pacific coast highway

FYI: Affiliate links may be sprinkled throughout the awesome, free content you see below. I’ll receive a small commission when you purchase from my links (at no extra cost to you), which I’ll totally blow on adult things like boba tea and avocado toast. As always, thanks for the support.

Heading to California and can’t wait to check off all the stops on this Big Sur road trip itinerary? Read on for my favorite Big Sur activities, where to stay, what to do in Big Sur, and (most importantly), what and where to eat! This Big Sur road trip will have you booking flights to California ASAP, promise!

Heading to California and wondering what to do in Big Sur? Read on for my favorite Big Sur activities, where to stay, and (most importantly), what and where to eat! This Big Sur road trip itinerary will have you booking flights to California ASAP, promise!

Seaside cliffs. Winding turns. Miles of misty coastline. Purple sand (yup!). Just a few of the things Big Sur is well-known for. And just one reason it’s on every list of the most beautiful places in California .

Big Sur is one of my favorite places IN THE WORLD (hands down) and one of my favorite road trips from San Francisco . I mean, it’s absolutely GORGEOUS. I feel oh so lucky to only live a few hours north, which means we typically make it to Big Sur at least once a year! 

Whether you’re driving down the entirety of the California coast or just making the short drive from SF, you’re in luck. And I’m jealous of you already.  With more ocean views than you ever thought possible, eco-friendly and luxurious hotel stays, wooded hiking trails and nature for days, I can never get enough of this stretch of the coastline.

This rugged and mountainous section of the Central Coast of California is just begging to be explored. And trust me, there’s enough things to do in Big Sur to fill an entire weekend and then some. Read on for the most perfect Big Sur road trip itinerary!

If you’re looking to take a much longer trip down the PCH, check out all my favorite stops on the Pacific Coast Highway – yes, all 75 of them!

BUT FIRST, THE BASICS

  • Nearest City: Carmel (to the north, ~45 min drive) and San Simeon (to the south ~1.5 hour drive)
  • Closest International Airport: San Francisco (SFO), ~2.5 hour drive
  • Most Well-Known for: McWay Falls and the Bixby Bridge
  • When to Visit: April through October, although my favorite time of year is early Fall
  • How to Get Around: You’ll need (and want) your own car, 110%

Heading to California and wondering what to do in Big Sur? Read on for my favorite Big Sur activities, where to stay, and (most importantly), what and where to eat! This Big Sur road trip itinerary will have you booking flights to California ASAP, promise!

Since the road to Big Sur is finally open again (after months of closure due to horrific mudslides), now’s the time to visit! Definitely don’t miss one of the most unforgettable stretches of majestic coastline in the world. It makes an excellent weekend trip from San Francisco , that’s for sure!

READ NEXT: 25+ Best Road Trips from San Francisco

How to Get to Big Sur:

Thankfully, getting to Big Sur is pretty easy, as long as you have a car. If you’re from outta town, and by that not within driving distance, you’ll need to get yourself to SFO (San Francisco) first. From SF, Big Sur is about 2.5 hours south. You’ll most definitely wanna make a few stops along the way ( Half Moon Bay , Pescadero , Santa Cruz , and Carmel/Monterey are my favorites), so plan accordingly!

Renting a Car : Note that you’ll undoubtedly need a car for this Big Sur road trip (it is a mini road trip after all!) So if you’re visiting the area (or live in the city and don’t have access to a car), a car rental will be a necessity! I like to search  via this site  in order to compare rental companies to see who has the best price. They check out all the major websites, and you can customize what you need as well! You’ll most likely be coming from the airport if you’re visiting, so aim to pick up your car rental from SFO.

Search for the  cheapest car rentals over here !

When to Visit Big Sur:

Big Sur is most popular between April and October , when the weather is at it’s nicest. You’ll find plenty of sunny days over here! Of courseeee this is when it’s most crowded, so if you hoping to have McWay Falls all to yourself, think again. Not happening.

However, if you wait until the summer rush is over and visit during either September or October, you’ll experience less crowds and actually better weather! Not many out-of-towners know this, but coastal fog is another downside of a Big sur road trip during summertime ; it can hang around as late as midday! The fog is usually gone by early Fall, and you can even witness whales and butterflies this time of year (yes, really, if you know where to look!)

Heading to California and wondering what to do in Big Sur? Read on for my favorite Big Sur activities, where to stay, and (most importantly), what and where to eat! This Big Sur road trip itinerary will have you booking flights to California ASAP, promise!

Visiting between the months of November to March? It’s important to note that many businesses have shorter opening hours during the off-peak season.

Read Next: 25+ Long Weekend Trips from San Francisco

Temps are mild year round, ranging from a cool 60 degrees to a balmy 75 degrees F. It’s always wise to bring along a jacket no matter what month you’ll be frolicking around Big Sur, as it never gets particularly hot hot hot, and temperatures are always cooler on the coast than in the mountains nearby.

Where is Big Sur Exactly?

Many people don’t actually realize this, but Big Sur is not an actual city/town for that matter. It’s more of a state of mind rather than a specific point on a map, encompassing about 90 sunny Californian miles down the Pacific Coast Highway .

This mesmerizing stretch of coastline is located between Carmel (about ~45 min drive north) and San Simeon (roughly 1.5 hours drive south). 

Most people are surprised at how little “civilization” is around here – no traffic lights, strip malls, or banks. It’s so nice to just be surrounded by nature and kinda forget about the rest of the world for a little while!

How Long to Stay in Big Sur:

With that being said, you can easily see oh so much in even as little as one day. If this is your first time to the area —  don’t rush it! I recommend anywhere from 1-3 days in Big Sur, kinda depending if you wanna go on a few hikes or just see the typical tourist Big Sur road trip stops.

EXTRA BIG SUR ROAD TRIP TIPS

  • Plan ahead. As you saw above, there’s lots to do within the 90 mile drive encompassing Big Sur. Sure, you can be spontaneous, but you’ll probably miss some of the best spots. I highly suggest to map out your Big Sur road trip in advance to ensure you’re seeing the best of the best of the area.
  • A full day drive through can be enough time, but I don’t recommend it. You can definitely see a great deal of what the area has to offer, but to truly understand it’s captivating magic, you’ll want to stay the night. The area too expensive for ya? Try camping or make the short drive back to Carmel for less expensive accommodation options.
  • Note that mudslides happen quite frequently in Big Sur and nearby. Check this site for current highway conditions before your drive.
  • Bring binoculars to see the wildlife, especially in Point Lobos!
  • Things book up fast, especially in the summer and fall. It’s best to make hotel and restaurant recommendations in advance.
  • There is absolutely no cell phone service in Big Sur. At all. Don’t expect to be connected and/or be able to use Google Maps to get you from place to place. Download the map to your phone beforehand when you still have wifi/service, and may be able to use it for GPS purposes. You’ll find wifi at most popular restaurants, bars, and hotels — but, don’t keep your nose in your phone all day!
  • Grab a free map of the area. With that being said, Big Sur’s free tourist newspaper has a fantastic detailed map. Pick up a copy of the newspaper at almost any establishment in the area.
  • Keep a sweater or two in the car. One minute it’ll be warm and sunny, the next the fog will roll in dropping the temperature 15 degrees. Always better to be prepared!  It’s also a good idea to keep some hiking and/or beach clothing accessible in the car as well. It may not be beach weather when you set out for the day, but later in day who knows!

big sur day trip itinerary

A FEW COMMON QUESTIONS

Is driving to Big Sur dangerous? Yes and No. There are twists and turns along the cliff, with most parts of the highway being only one lane in either direction. The road is narrow, so be extra careful when pulling over for the views (my advice – only pull off in designated spots, there’s plenty of them). Just take the drive slow, stay alert, and you’ll be ok.

How long does it take to drive the Big Sur coastline? It could take as little as 2 hours (if you don’t stop at all), or 2 days if you make all the stops for the views, foods, and hikes. Pace yourself – it’s all beautiful. There’s typically some traffic, so if you’re just driving through, expect it to take at least 3 hours.

Where does the Big Sur drive start? There’s no real “starting point”. Since Big Sur is located between Carmel-by-the-Sea and San Simeon, it’s best to start from either of these (and finish in the other) if you wanna experience the entire coastline of Big Sur.

Why is Big Sur famous? Have you seen the photos?! It’s known for it’s pristine scenery, full of turquoise water, beautifully-designed bridges, rustic hiking trails, and more. 

Can you swim in Big Sur? Yes and No. Despite all ocean views and beaches, there’s not many safe spots for swimming. The waves are unpredictable and pretty rough. And plus, the water is chilly over here! Head to Carmel, Monterey, or further south (Cambria, Cayucos, Morro Bay) if you wanna swim.

What to See and Do on Your Big Sur Road Trip:

Woooo – it’s finally time to get this Big Sur road trip itinerary under way!

You can drive all of these Big Sur road trip stops from either north to south (starting in Carmel) or south to north (starting in San Simeon) of course, but I prefer driving from NORTH to SOUTH. The scenic pull-offs are along the coast, and driving north to south provides the easiest access to these. And plus, I’m from San Francisco so I’m typically driving down the coast, not up. 🙂

With that being said, I’m planning out this Big Sur road trip itinerary from north to south. You can easily follow along the road trip stops, doing every single one (my recommendation) or picking and choosing a few if you only have part of a day. 

From North to South:

First things first, if you’ve never been to Carmel or Monterey, I highly recommend spending at least a day discovering both. My favorites in that area include: Carmel Beach, Lover’s Point Park, Pavel’s Bakerei, the 17 mile drive, and whale watching! The Monterey Bay Aquarium is a popular favorite as well!

1. Point Lobos State Natural Reserve

As you start your Big Sur road trip down from San Francisco (after exploring Monterey and Carmel-by-the-Sea prior), you’re first official stop should be Point Lobos! There are a ton of walks and trails to choose from, with all difficulty levels. And thankfully, everything is laid out quite well with proper signage, so there’s no risk of getting lost.

While the entire reserve is beautiful, don’t miss China Cove and Bird Island Lookout (on the southern part of the park). They’re my two favorite spots in Point Lobos, and you won’t find clearer waters.

Heading to California and wondering what to do in Big Sur? Read on for my favorite Big Sur activities, where to stay, and (most importantly), what and where to eat! This Big Sur road trip itinerary will have you booking flights to California ASAP, promise!

If you’re visiting in winter, don’t miss the chance to go whale-watching, as this area is a haven for them! You’ll also be able to witness sea lions and harbor seals frolicking around on nearby rocks any time of year — listen and you’ll hear them no problem!

Go hiking, walking, bird watching (pelicans frequent the area), scuba diving (yes, really!), all while taking in the magnificent views! Bring your binoculars for wildlife viewing! You may even see an orca and/or dolphin off the coast!

Note that parking costs $10 to enter the park , but you can easily park on the side of the road (if you don’t mind walking a far distance to get in).

2. Garrapata State Park Bluff Trail

Okay, so we just discovered this spot off the side of the highway on our last visit to Big Sur, and I cannot believe I never noticed it before! It’s pretty secluded and kinda secret (aka not on all the typical “things to do in Big Sur” posts), so I hope you enjoy it as much as we did!

big sur day trip itinerary

 A short 15 minute walk along the cliffs with beautiful views of the coast and even a waterfall! I wanna go for sunset next time!

Psst: If you’re visiting in early spring, don’t miss Calla Lily Valley right near Garrapata Beach (different location than the Bluff Trail).

BONUS STOP! CALLA LILY VALLEY!

If you happen to be visiting Big Sur between February and early April, you NEED to make a short pit stop at Calla Lily Valley ! It’s such a unique spot on the coastline, and it’s only a .25 mile hike to get there!

Read Next: Everything You Need to Know About Visiting Calla Lily Valley in Big Sur!

Calla Lily Valley Big Sur - Everything You Need to Know

3. Rocky Creek Bridge

THIS is the bridge that everyone thinks is the iconic Bixby, but it’s not! Although I can definitely see why – it’s just as beautiful and even the same style! If you’re not in a rush on your Big Sur road trip, why not make the extra stop? The water was soooo extra beautiful when we were there – we actually felt like we were in Hawaii for a hot second!

big sur day trip itinerary

4. Bixby Bridge

Any Big Sur road trip ain’t complete without a stop at iconic Bixby Bridge, one of the most photographed spots in Big Sur (which I’m sure you’ve seen alllll over instagram and pinterest).

You won’t miss it, promise, as it’s just a short 15 miles south of Carmel-by-the-Sea. Bixby Bridge is the epitome of Big Sur and it’s everything you’d expect and more (but really, it’s the surrounding scenery that really steals the show).

Heading to California and wondering what to do in Big Sur? Read on for my favorite Big Sur activities, where to stay, and (most importantly), what and where to eat! This Big Sur road trip itinerary will have you booking flights to California ASAP, promise!

Top tip: pull off at a turnout from the bridge’s south end at sunset. Absolutely spectacular and downright mesmerizing. The view from the entrance to Old Coast Road isn’t half bad either. 🙂

Be warned, traffic can slow along this stretch (especially south bound) during the summer, so it’s best to visit Bixby in the early AM!

Heading to California and wondering what to do in Big Sur? Read on for my favorite Big Sur activities, where to stay, and (most importantly), what and where to eat! This Big Sur road trip itinerary will have you booking flights to California ASAP, promise!

5. Old Coast Road

This 11 mile road is what those back in the day had to use before the famed Highway One was complete! — and not many tourists know about it just yet! You’ll be driving on private land, so you can’t stop to take tooo many photos, but since it’s usually not crowded, feel free to stop in the middle of the road if you must for some shots. Just be careful to watch out for other vehicles coming and livestock roaming around! The entire road is comprised of redwood groves, babbling brooks, rolling hills, and lot’s of no trespassing signs. Basically, nature at it’s finest. 🙂

Tip: Driving it can be challenging, but well worth it. You’ll want an all-wheel drive for best mobility, but if all you’ve got is a regular sedan, go slow and you should be a-okay! The road is not paved. Don’t go during the rain or after it’s just rained as the road is all dirt and can get quite muddy at times.

6. Hurricane and Sea Otter Refuge Viewpoints

All the views all gorgeous on the coast, but these two have ample parking and suuuuuch great views of the coast all around!

7. Point Sur State Park and Lighthouse

Next up on this Big Sur road trip itinerary – the Point Sur Lighthouse! While the tours are quite long at three hours, the history and information is so interesting you won’t even notice the hours passing by. Be sure to check the website as tours are not offered every day. And get there early — the tours only accommodate 40 people! Take along some warmer clothes as it gets quite chilly up at the top of the lighthouse! Thankfully there’s hot chocolate, tea, and/or coffee waiting for you. Tours cost $15 per person.

There’s also some hiking in the state park, with sea lions and starfish in the tide pools nearby.

8. Big Sur River Inn

Hungry? This place is absolutely perfect for lunch! The menu’s pretty large, and you can even eat while dipping your toes in the river! They’ve got a manicured grassy lawn which is perfect for picnics, and a whole set-up on their outdoor patio with tables and umbrellas. 

big sur day trip itinerary

Sure, the food is on the pricey side (like the rest of Big Sur), but it’s such a great place to stop and relax for a bit.

There’s a retro school bus selling ice cream right off the parking lot, which is perfect on a hot day. And plus, what’s cooler than a cone from a bus? :p

9. Pfeiffer Beach

Have you ever seen a beach with purple sand?! Yea, neither had I until I visited Preiffer Beach in Big Sur. After you finally find it (the road to get to Pfeiffer Beach is a bit hidden and narrow with no signs), you’ll be pleasantly surprised that the sand is actually truly purple in some spots on the beach. Note that the color of the sand realllly comes alive right after it rains.

You could easily spend a few hours admiring the keyhole and rock formations on the beach. You don’t really need your bathing suit here as the water is waaaay too cold. You can always put your feet in if you’d like!

How to get here: When you’re heading southbound (recommended), take the 2nd right after you see the Big Sur Station. You’ll see a big yellow sign that says “NARROW ROAD: NO RV’s OR TRAILERS.” Go down that road! It costs $10 once you make your way a bit, but it’s well worth it once you get to the beach. Use caution while driving as the road is rather windy and narrow!

10. Big Sur Bakery

Small and cozy and rustic and delicious. Big Sur Bakery is typically pretty crowded, but it’s worth the wait.

Our favorite thing to get: almond croissant. I repeat, the almond croissant is orgasmic. Sure, it’s the most expensive pastry I’ve ever bought (at a whopping $8.50), but my husband and I both felt it was worth the hefty price tag. And it’s large enough to split, for sure.

big sur day trip itinerary

The banana bread is great too, but now that we’ve had the almond croissant, I don’t think we’ll ever be getting anything else. 

They’ve also got some wood-fired pizzas, burgers, and avocado toast if you’re still hungry after Big Sur River Inn. As well as (chive and cheddar) scones and strudels and coffees and cream-filled donuts.

Oh, and the bakery has public restrooms available, which is always good to know on a road trip without much service!

11. Nepenthe

Cocktails with a view? Yes please! We love to break up our Big Sur road trip with some cocktails and appetizers from Nepenthe.

I feel the need to say this since you’ll be getting back in the car to continue on the 1: if you’re the driver, please be responsible and limit yourself to one drink at most. 

  • If the weather’s lousy (as in thick fog drastically impeding the views), I honestly wouldn’t bother with Nepenthe. While the food and drinks are good, you’re paying for the view.  

12. Henry Miller Memorial Library

Book lover? Head to Henry Miller Memorial Library, and you’ll be nothing less than impressed. From free coffee available and interesting and unusual titles for purchase, it’s worth spending a while here to soak up the Big Sur atmosphere.

big sur day trip itinerary

Tranquil. Cozy. Quiet. Don’t miss it – it’s even surrounded by giant redwoods! They sometimes even host concerts, cultural events, and film nights as well.

13. Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park – McWay Falls

After Bixby Bridge, this is on everyone’s must see list during any Big Sur road trip. And there’s a reason for it — the 80-foot waterfall is absolutely stunning. In every way, shape, and form.

The Best Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary - all the best stops to make, where to eat, and where to stay

A short 10 minute walk from the parking lot will get you to a beautiful waterfall crashing directly into the Pacific Ocean’s emerald water. Psst: When people say they’re “hiking” to McWay Falls, they’re really just casually strolling down a paved path.

And if there’s still orchids and wildflowers out, you’ll think you’re in Hawaii. Absolute paradise, albeit rather crowded at times.

  • LOCAL TIP: Visit Julia Pfeiffer Burns in the afternoon when the sun is shining directly on the waterfall – it will be cast in shadows and difficult to see at other times of the day.

Heading to California and wondering what to do in Big Sur? Read on for my favorite Big Sur activities, where to stay, and (most importantly), what and where to eat! This Big Sur road trip itinerary will have you booking flights to California ASAP, promise!

There is a $10 honor system daily charge, so bring some cash. You can easily park on the side of the road and forgo the paid parking, which is what most people do (I’m not saying it’s a-okay… just letting you know that’s an option if the parking lot is full). And thankfully, the parking lot has bathrooms! Yes!

Be aware that the trail is sometimes blocked off due to erosion, and you may not be able to get that picture perfect view. In addition, since California is still somewhat in a drought, the falls may be quite dry during the summer months.

Do note there is no beach or ocean access, and it’s actually forbidden to go down there. There are plenty of other beaches to hang around, so do your part and just stay where you’re supposed to be.

14. Limekiln State Park

Haven’t had enough of the great outdoors on your Big Sur road trip just yet? Limekiln State Park may be juuust what you’re looking for. The park offers a few short hikes, each offering their own thing, to waterfalls in redwood forests and access to the beach.

And thankfully, neither are too strenuous or long (perfect if you don’t have all day). Be sure to take along a sweater as the trails are shaded and can be very cool the entire time, which makes for a spectacular break on a super hot day!

Note that parking is rather limited and costs $10, with restrooms available.

15. Sand Dollar Beach

Being Big Sur’s largest beach, as long as the tide is low, you’ll find plenty of space to lay your towel down and relax. Do take note of the tide schedule though – high tide can essentially make the sandy beach disappear, making it difficult to find a place to sit.

Looking for sand dollars might result in a disappointment, but you’ll easily find muscles, crabs, sea anemone, and kelp beds while exploring the nearby rocks during low tide. Stay for sunset as the rock formations on the beach make for some epic scenery!

Note that you’ll have to walk/hike about 100 steps or so to access the beach. Which means you’ll ultimately need to climb back up! Just letting you know so there are no surprises! The parking lot is large and yes, you’ll need to pay $10 (a common theme to use the beaches/parks in/near Big Sur). Again, there’s a toilet here!

Animal Observations in Big Sur

DIY Whale Watching

No matter what time of year you’re visiting Big Sur, you’ll always want to be on the lookout for whales off the California coast. Patience is the only requirement, but binoculars are nice to have as well. Three types of whales frequent the Big Sur coastline:

  • Gray Whales: December to February (migrating south to Mexico), and February to April (returning north; easier to spot as they are closer to the shore)
  • Blue Whales: June to October
  • Humpback Whales: late April to early December

Monarch Butterflies

If you’re visiting Big Sur in the winter months between October and December, you’re in for a real treat – tons of monarch butterflies! These little beauties return to Big Sur in October, and migrate north in January. Look out for them clustered in trees in the early morning, and flying around during the day. While you’ll see monarchs all around Big Sur, Andrew Molera State Park is the place to be to spot the most!

Where to Eat (and Drink!) on your Big Sur Road Trip

There are numerous places to eat and drink in Big Sur, although some are definitely better than others. I’ve already put my favorites up above throughout the Big Sur road trip itinerary, but here are some more! A girl’s gotta eat, am I right?

Heading to California and wondering what to do in Big Sur? Read on for my favorite Big Sur activities, where to stay, and (most importantly), what and where to eat! This Big Sur road trip itinerary will have you booking flights to California ASAP, promise!

Here are my picks and notes, either personally tested by me, or recommended by fellow travelers:

  • Nepenthe : drinks/appetizers right before sunset, stay for golden hour to get the best photos! An absolute must with the best ocean views!
  • Big Sur Lodge Ice Cream : the perfect spot when it’s even a tad warm out!
  • Big Sur Bakery: get an almond croissant and some banana walnut bread to share – it’s huge and heavenly. Pizza is great too if you want some “real” food!
  • Cafe Kevah : serving brunch & light lunch in an outdoor setting. Located on a terrace just below Nepenthe with absolutely fantastic views
  • Deetjens : cozy breakfast; delicious, homely food and great local wines. Be sure to make a reservation — the cozy dining room gets busy.
  • Big Sur Roadhouse : stop here for a coffee and donut
  • Sierra Mar Restaurant : Located in Post Ranch Inn serving a fine dining experience of inquisitive food creations. Pricey, but sounds worth it (I’ve never been).
  • The Restaurant at Ventana : inventive coastal cuisine inspired by the sustainable ingredients of California’s Central Coast. The most beautiful views as well.

Be prepared to spend some big money for dining out in Big Sur. The entire area is pricey, so expect to pay big city prices (~$15ish for a cocktail, ~$20-30ish for an entree). Pick up snacks beforehand to have in the car during the drive so you don’t need to shell out an astronomical amount of cash at the Big Sur convenience stores every time you feel like noshing.

Where to Stay in Big Sur:

Accommodation in Big Sur is pricey. There’s really no way around it. If you can settle for not actually staying in Big Sur itself, consider heading up north to Carmel or Monterey for less-than-astronomical prices.

Recommended accommodation options in Monterey and Carmel that won’t break the bank:

  • Briarwood Inn : Quaint B&B with bright rooms & suites, plus continental breakfast & free port/sherry receptions)
  • Carmel Lodge : Cozy, casual rooms in a relaxed hotel offering free Wi-Fi & breakfast, plus parking)
  • Hofsas House : Traditionally decorated rooms in a Bavarian-style hotel with ocean views, sundecks & a heated pool)

The Best Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary - all the best stops to make, where to eat, and where to stay

With that being said, the hotels in Big Sur really are quite special, and if you can splurge for one night on your California Coast road trip , these are the best places to do it:

Post Ranch Inn : Offering 3 pools, one being an infinity hot tub, you can spend the bulk of your time here overlooking the stunning California coastline. You betcha your night will be an unforgettable escape. Each room also boasts a private deck with those magicnicant coastline views, a wood-burning fireplace to get cozy during the chilly nights, and an indoor spa tub.

Ventana Inn & Spa : You’ll swoon the second you see this adults-only, rustically luxurious resort. Yes, it’s that impressive. And if the two resort pools with panoramic coastal views didn’t do it for you, I bet the spa treatments in outdoor cabanas overlooking the redwood forest will. 🙂 You can also opt to stay in a luxury glamping site with safari-style canvas tents under the redwoods if you feel so inclined.

Treebones Resort : Looking for something a bit different? Treebones Resort features seven ocean view tent campsites, along with 16 yurts with great views of the Pacific at Cape San Martin! Not as expensive as the other two, so check out Treebones if you’d like to give your wallet a bit of a break!

AirBnB : Due to the higher-than-normal cost of accommodation in Big Sur, you may want to check out AirBnB for a less expensive option, many even with those ocean views we’re all swooning over (without the super hefty price tag). Sign up for AirBnB with my link and get up to $40 off your first stay!

Are you planning a Big Sur road trip anytime soon? What are you most excited about?!

Loo king for more California content? Explore my other California guides here!

Did you know that …

When you purchase something through our links, we earn a small fee (but you still pay the same) ! Win-win! If you found this article useful, consider using the links within the article or below. Thanks for your support! 

  • Book a hotel
  • Best place to find tours
  • Second favorite place for tours
  • Favorite travel insurance
  • Book a rental car
  • My favorite packing items on Amazon
  • Start your very own blog!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

' src=

September 22, 2018 at 6:39 am

Thanks for sharing. Big Sur looks truly incredible. I have only ever been to San Francisco but would love to see these amazing views and spend the night.

' src=

June 16, 2020 at 10:37 pm

Most the attractions mentioned in this article are closed due to covid19. Call before you go so you aren't driving hours for nothing. Don't be me.

' src=

June 16, 2020 at 10:58 pm

That just means you'll have to go back! Where did you drive from? I heard a few state parks in Big Sur are open now! And so is Nepenthe!

' src=

July 6, 2020 at 3:31 pm

Thanks for the info .

' src=

April 23, 2021 at 10:04 pm

Looks like such an awesome road trip. That waterfall on Julia Pfeiffer Burns is incredible!!! Makes me miss San Francisco!

' src=

May 25, 2023 at 10:09 am

Thank you! Planning a trip in July with our three boys and this was super helpful.

You may also love...

big sur day trip itinerary

Subscribe To The Newsletter

FOR TRAVEL INSPO   and   FUN

No spam, only fun!

Favorite Destinations

California.

  • About Jessica
  • How to Plan a Trip
  • Fave Travel Companies
  • Shop My Faves

Destinations

  • World Travel
  • San Francisco
  • Northern California
  • Southern California
  • Central Coast

big sur day trip itinerary

1-Day Big Sur Itinerary

Navigate forward to interact with the calendar and select a date. Press the question mark key to get the keyboard shortcuts for changing dates.

Navigate backward to interact with the calendar and select a date. Press the question mark key to get the keyboard shortcuts for changing dates.

  • Big Sur in 1 day
  • 2-Day Big Sur Itinerary
  • 3-Day Big Sur Itinerary
  • 4-Day Big Sur Itinerary
  • 5-Day Big Sur Itinerary

big sur day trip itinerary

Table of contents

1-day itinerary, point lobos state natural reserve.

big sur day trip itinerary

Garrapata State Park

big sur day trip itinerary

Rocky Creek Bridge

Andrew molera state park, alila ventana big sur, julia pfeiffer burns state park, where to eat, the sur house, big sur smokehouse, restaurant at big sur river inn.

big sur day trip itinerary

Track your travel spending and split costs with friends

Plan your trip. Keep your budget organized. Split the cost between tripmates. Wanderlog does it all.

big sur day trip itinerary

Top searches in Big Sur

Popular road trips from big sur, what's the weather like in big sur.

It depends on when you visit! We've compiled data from NASA on what the weather is like in Big Sur for each month of the year: see the links below for more information.

  • Weather in Big Sur in January
  • Weather in Big Sur in February
  • Weather in Big Sur in March
  • Weather in Big Sur in April
  • Weather in Big Sur in May
  • Weather in Big Sur in June
  • Weather in Big Sur in July
  • Weather in Big Sur in August
  • Weather in Big Sur in September
  • Weather in Big Sur in October
  • Weather in Big Sur in November
  • Weather in Big Sur in December

All road trips from Big Sur

  • Big Sur to San Francisco drive
  • Big Sur to Los Angeles drive
  • Big Sur to Las Vegas drive
  • Big Sur to San Diego drive
  • Big Sur to Seattle drive
  • Big Sur to Vancouver drive
  • Big Sur to Yosemite National Park drive
  • Big Sur to Santa Barbara drive
  • Big Sur to San Simeon drive
  • Big Sur to Santa Cruz drive
  • Big Sur to San Jose drive
  • Big Sur to Greater Palm Springs drive
  • Big Sur to Napa drive
  • Big Sur to Sedona drive
  • Big Sur to Sacramento drive
  • Big Sur to Paso Robles drive
  • Big Sur to Calistoga drive
  • Big Sur to San Antonio drive
  • Big Sur to Phoenix drive
  • Big Sur to Tucson drive
  • Big Sur to Grand Canyon National Park drive
  • Big Sur to Portland drive
  • Big Sur to Anaheim drive
  • Big Sur to Victoria drive
  • Big Sur to Page drive
  • Big Sur to Sequoia and Kings Canyon National Park drive
  • Big Sur to Banff National Park drive
  • Big Sur to Denver drive
  • Big Sur to the Death Valley National Park drive
  • Big Sur to Carlsbad drive

Explore nearby places

  • the Carmel Valley
  • Pebble Beach
  • Pacific Grove
  • Castroville
  • Moss Landing
  • San Juan Bautista
  • Watsonville

All related maps of Big Sur

  • Map of Big Sur
  • Map of the Carmel Valley
  • Map of Carmel
  • Map of Pebble Beach
  • Map of Monterey
  • Map of Seaside
  • Map of Sand City
  • Map of Pacific Grove
  • Map of Marina
  • Map of Salinas
  • Map of Soledad
  • Map of Greenfield
  • Map of Castroville
  • Map of Moss Landing
  • Map of Prunedale
  • Map of King City
  • Map of Jolon
  • Map of San Juan Bautista
  • Map of Paicines
  • Map of Aromas
  • Map of Watsonville
  • Map of Tres Pinos
  • Map of San Lucas
  • Map of Lockwood
  • Map of Hollister
  • Map of Freedom
  • Map of Aptos
  • Map of Capitola
  • Map of Corralitos
  • Map of Santa Cruz
  • Map of Soquel

Big Sur throughout the year

  • Big Sur in January
  • Big Sur in February
  • Big Sur in March
  • Big Sur in April
  • Big Sur in May
  • Big Sur in June
  • Big Sur in July
  • Big Sur in August
  • Big Sur in September
  • Big Sur in October
  • Big Sur in November
  • Big Sur in December

Looking for other day-by-day itineraries in Big Sur?

Check out our other curated itineraries that are also filled with jam-packed days:

Day itineraries for nearby cities

  • 1-Day Monterey Itinerary
  • 1-Day Santa Cruz Itinerary
  • 1-Day Salinas Itinerary
  • 1-Day the Carmel Valley Itinerary
  • 1-Day Pebble Beach Itinerary
  • 1-Day Aptos Itinerary
  • 1-Day Moss Landing Itinerary

big sur day trip itinerary

  • Itinerary + map in one view
  • Live collaboration
  • Auto-import hotels and reservations
  • Optimize your route
  • Offline access on mobile
  • See time and distance between all your places

Sea Salt & Fog

Home » California » Carmel to Big Sur Day Trip: the Perfect Itinerary

Carmel to Big Sur Day Trip: the Perfect Itinerary

big sur day trip itinerary

There’s few places in the world that are as beautiful as the area from Carmel to Big Sur. Located in the central california coast just south of the Monterey Bay, this 70 mile area of coastline offers breathtaking cliffside views, rocky coasts and sandy beaches. 

View of ocean cliffs and road on Big Sur day trip from Carmel

This post may contain affiliate links. This means I’ll get a commission (at no extra cost to you!) if you purchase through my link. Please see my Disclosure page for more information.

While you can easily spend multiple days on a Big Sur trip, this guide will cover how to spend a single day exploring from Big Sur to Carmel. Whether you’re coming from San Francisco or nearby Santa Cruz, you’ll find plenty of activities and things to do while visiting Big Sur. 

Things to Know Before You Go on a Carmel to Big Sur Day Trip 

Starting your trip , point lobos state natural reserve  , bixby creek bridge , point sur lighthouse , pfeiffer beach , nepenthe restaurant , mcway falls , big creek bridge .

  • Limekiln State Park 

Other Things to Do in Big Sur 

Downtown carmel , 17 mile drive , the refuge , monterey bay aquarium, asilomar beach .

  • Lovers Point 

Kayaking in Moss Landing 

Explore santa cruz , what to pack and wear for one day in big sur , campgrounds, big sur -> carmel, california, pin this for later, california travel posts you’ll love .

Driving Big Sur: the stretch of the Pacific Coast Highway that makes up the area between Carmel-by-the-sea to Big Sur is a narrow two laned highway surrounded by mountains on one side and the pacific ocean on the other. There’s no median divider, no street lights, and sometimes no guardrails. Take your time when driving Big Sur, and be careful. With breathtaking views at every turn, you don’t want to rush this drive anyway. 

How Far is Big Sur from Carmel? The Big Sur coast starts just a few miles south of Carmel, but you don’t get the dramatic cliffside views until you pass Point Lobos State Park and the Carmel Highlands, about 5 miles from Carmel. Keep an eye out for the changing scenery and the coastal trees give way to sweeping cliffs. 

Best Time to Visit Big Sur: Carmel and the Big Sur coast gets tons of visitors every year, especially in the warmer summer months. While the weather is beautiful and fairly mild throughout the year, the summer months will be warmer and have larger crowds. The rainy season in the central coast is in the fall and winter months, so the crowds are thinner. Be prepared for fog any time of year, and try to avoid driving the big sur coast in the dark. 

No cell service: one of my favorite things about this part of California is how remote it is. It’s wonderful to be able to unplug, but there’s absolutely no cell service in the area. Because there’s one main way in and out of the area, getting lost isn’t a huge concern. However, I still recommend you download an offline map of the area to your google maps on your cell phone. 

Limited gas & facilities: make sure you fill up your gas tank before leaving Carmel, as the gas stations in Big Sur are few and far between. Also, pack snacks or plan to pack remote destination prices! There’s few restaurants past Carmel, but one of my favorites, Nepenthe, is amazing, has breathtaking views, and is on the way down Big Sur by the town of Posts. 

view of ocean cliffs and Bixby Bridge on Carmel to Big Sur day trip

While this Big Sur itinerary focuses on stops between Carmel-by-the-sea to Big Sur, if you’re coming from San Francisco you might want to stop in the Monterey Bay area. It’s a short 10 minute drive from the Monterey Bay to Carmel (starting in the town of Monterey), and there’s plenty to do in the area. 

Top attractions include the world-renowned Monterey Bay Aquarium, 17 mile drive in Pebble Beach, and shopping in Cannery Row, immortalized in John Steinbeck’s novels. 

Whatever your preference, I recommend you start your day early and start driving the Big Sur coast from Carmel. This way, you’ll avoid the bigger crowds and will get back before it gets dark. 

While this is a day trip, consider spending the night. There’s a ton of glamping in Big Sur !

Where to Stop on a Big Sur Trip from Carmel 

I could write a whole book with a list of Big Sur things to do, but I’ve chosen a handful of beautiful activities and stops for you to do on your day trip. This big sur blog post also includes additional stops you may want to do if you have time. 

Keep in mind that some of these attractions are incredibly popular, so if you can’t find any parking on your big sur travel adventure just move on! There’s plenty of other beautiful spots to stop at, and besides, you’ll want to keep coming back here anyway! 

View of Ocean trees and rocks at Point Lobos

  • Location: 3 miles south of Carmel 
  • Hours: 8am to 7pm
  • Fee: $10 vehicle fee 
  • Other Info: No dogs allowed, no camping, no drones

One of the most beautiful places in the area, and probably one of the best things to do in Big Sur. Point Lobos is a beautiful place to stop for a hike and take in the rugged California coast. If you’re lucky, you might even spot sea otters, sea lions, and even whales from Point Lobos!  

Most of the hikes in Point Lobos aren’t very difficult, and will have you right next to the Pacific Ocean. The cypress grove trail is a 30 minute loop (0.8 mile long) that’ll take you to some amazing ocean views. If you have time, I recommend you also stop at Whalers Cabin (right next to the parking lot) for a quick history lesson of the area. 

Hiking trail with man in background overlooking ocean

Keep in mind that Point Lobos is incredibly popular with the locals, and the parking lot in the park fills up really quickly most days (including weekdays). There’s some street parking available, but make sure you read and follow all posted restrictions. 

  • Location : about 15 miles south of Carmel  
  • Fee: none 

Probably the most famous and photographed bridge in Big Sur, the Bixby Bridge is breathtaking. To photograph the bridge, pull off the road at Castle Rock viewpoint, right before you reach the bridge (coming from Carmel). 

View of concrete bridge over Pacific Ocean

This is a super popular stopping point for tourists driving through the area, so be aware that in peak summer season, weekends or holidays parking here can be insane. If you’re not able to snag a spot, please don’t block the road! There’s a ton of other things to do and see in Big Sur, and you can always try to stop at the bridge on your drive back. 

  • Location: 21 miles south of Carmel 
  • Hours: tours on select days only. 
  • Fee: $15-$25 per adult, $5-10 per child 
  • Other Info: Accessible by tour only, no dogs, and a moderately difficult hike required. 

As you drive south on Highway One, you’ll notice a big rock jutting out into the Pacific. This giant rock is actually the location for Point Sur Lighthouse, a historic location along the Big Sur coast with dramatic ocean views. 

You can only access the area with a lighthouse tour, offered only on select days and times. Book plenty in advance, especially if you’re coming during the busy summer months. 

Tour Info: From October through March tours occur on Saturdays and Sundays  at 10am, and on Wednesdays at 1pm. From April through September, tours occur on Sundays at 10am, and Saturdays and Wednesdays at 10am and 2pm. Book directly on the Point Sur website here . 

large rock formation with sun coming through at the beach

  • Location: 31 miles south of Carmel 
  • Hours: 9am-8pm
  • Fee: $12 vehicle day use fee 
  • Other Info: Pfeiffer beach is NOT the same as Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park! 

Pfeiffer beach is a beautiful beach in Big Sur, located at the end of a windy, canyon drive. The beach is best known for Keyhole Rock, a large natural rock formation in the middle of the water. When conditions are right during sunset, you can often see the sun right through the keyhole making for some spectacular photo opportunities! 

Also, you can find purple sand on this beach! It’s not a super dramatic purple, but it’s pretty cool nonetheless. This is a good beach to walk around, find tidepools, and enjoy the California seabreeze. Keep in mind it’s pretty windy here, so bring a jacket even during the summer. 

Finding this beach is not the easiest though – you have to stay vigilant for the road signs. Even after living in the Monterey Bay for years, it took me forever to find Pfeiffer Beach! To get here you’ll need to take Sycamore Canyon Rd off Highway 1. The road is located between the ranger station and the post office, and is pretty windy and narrow. As always when driving around Big Sur, take your time and drive carefully!! 

View of ocean and cliffs

  • Location: 31 miles south of Carmel , right past the town of Posts
  • Hours: 11:30am-10pm

Nepenthe is one of my favorite restaurants in the Big Sur coast, and while it’s pricey, the views alone are worth it ! 

The restaurant has outdoor and indoor seating, with the outdoor patio perched cliffside and offering breathtaking views of the Pacific. This is a great spot for a dinner date, but be prepared to spend $25+ per entree at this restaurant. 

view of ocean and cliffs with waterfall in background

  • Location: 37 miles south of Carmel 
  • Hours: 8am-sunset 
  • Fee: $10 vehicle day use fee 
  • Other Info: There’s no beach or direct falls access. 

McWays Falls are located at Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park, and are some of the most photographed falls in Big Sur. The waterfalls drops almost 80 feet from the cliffside straight into the beach next to the Pacific Ocean, and is absolutely stunning. 

Please note that there’s no beach or direct access to the falls here, they can only be viewed from a lookout point that gets fairly crowded. Do not attempt to get down to the falls, there’s hefty fines that apply and you’re likely to get stuck! 

To view the falls, park at Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park and do the short hike by crossing the tunnel under Highway 1 to get to the lookout point. If the parking lots are full, you can also park along highway 1 if you’re able to snag a spot.

  • Location: 56 miles south of Carmel 

Another pretty bridge in this Big Sur travel guide is the Big Creek Bridge. Similar in construction to the BIxby bridge, Big Creek stands out because it’s not as crowded, making it an easier stop along the road to get some beautiful shots of the Big Sur coastline.  

  • Other Info: Camping in the park is allowed with advanced reservations 

Limekiln State Park is one of the more underrated parks in the Big Sur area. The park offers direct beach access, hiking trails, a waterfall, and beautiful views of the California redwoods and the Big Sur coast. 

You can park inside the park and make the short walk to the beach, directly under Highway 1, or do one of the many hikes in the park. I like this park for the direct beach access it provides that allows you to picnic at the beach, or just lounge around and enjoy the scenery. 

Usually, Limekiln is the place where I’ll turn around and head back to Carmel to avoid driving Big Sur in the dark. Even though 56 miles might not seem like a lot, it can take several hours to get through the Big Sur coast. 

If you have more time, below are additional recommendations for what to do in Big Sur. 

  • Sand Dollar Beach: play in the sand at this beautiful, sandy beach located 8 miles south of Limekiln State Park. 
  • Piedras Blancas Light Station: super adorable lighthouse, with beautiful views of the coast. Tours are usually available Tuesday, Thursdays and Saturdays for $10 per adult ($5/child). Located 33 miles south of Limekiln, near San Simeon.   
  • Elephant Seal Vista Point: elephant seals are ginormous marine creatures that love to lounge in the sand. This viewpoint will give you an excellent view of the seals, stretched out for what appears to be miles on end. Located 2 miles south of Piedras Blancas Lighthouse, near San Simeon. 
  • Hearst Castle: if you’re all the way down in San Simeon anyway, you need to stop at Hearst Castle. The views are beautiful and the grounds are incredible. It’s about 2.5 hours from Carmel to Hearst Castle (without any stops), so this one is best viewed as its own day trip. 

Things to Do in and Around Carmel 

Once you’ve taken in the Big Sur coast, it’s time to head back to Carmel. The drive back is usually quicker since you won’t be stopping in as many places along the way, but if you missed an attraction due to crowded parking lots, check again and try stopping on your way back. 

When you finally get to Carmel, take some time to enjoy the town. Carmel by the sea is a beautiful, charming town at the southern end of the Monterey Bay. It’s stunning here! 

The downtown area feels like a European village, and is full of cute shops, restaurants and stores. The Carmel Bakery is a local classic and a personal favorite, being the oldest shop in Carmel (it’s been here since 1899!). 

For more sweets, stop at the Cottage of Sweets , a candy shop located in a beautiful thatched roof cottage. 

Carmel started out as an artist colony back in the day, and there’s plenty of art galleries throughout town. Check them out, and have fun exploring the shops. 

View of ocean and cliffs _17 mile drive

  • Location: Highway 1 Gate
  • Hours: Sunrise to Sunset 
  • Fee: $10.50 per vehicle

If you’re not tired of driving yet, make sure you check out world famous 17 mile drive. Located in the exclusive Pebble Beach community, 17 mile drive will take you through a beautiful coastal cypress forest and rocky sea coast. The drive is easy, but you’ll want to stop at the different pullouts to take in the scenery. 

  • Location: 27300 Rancho San Carlos Rd, Carmel, CA 93923
  • Hours: 10am-9pm (last entry at 7:30pm)
  • Fee: $59+ admission fee

One of the best kept secrets among locals in Carmel is the outdoor plunge pools located at the Refuge . This award-winning spa provides hot and cold plunge pools, saunas, and relaxation areas perfect to unwind. The spa has a policy of silence and no cell phones, and is the perfect place to visit when you need time to let all your stress flow away.

Basic admission to the Refuge costs $52, with a $62 option that includes robe rental and a water bottle. I strongly recommend you book a massage treatment while you’re here. A 50 minute swedish massage costs about $155 and includes admission, robe rental and a water bottle. 

This place gets super crowded on weekends, so if you’re able to visit during the week you’re more likely to have the place to yourself. 

view of rocks in water with birds in foreground

Other Things to Do in the Monterey Bay 

The Monterey Bay is one of my favorite places in the world – it’s full of stunning views that perfectly encapsulate the California spirit. If you have more time than a day, check out some of these other activities to do in the Monterey Bay area. 

jellyfish

  • Location: 886 Cannery Row, Monterey, CA 93940
  • Hours: 10am-5pm 
  • Fee: between $34.95 – $49.95 per person

The world renowned Monterey Bay Aquarium is a beautiful research institution that is home to some of the most incredible marine life that call the Monterey Bay home, and is a must visit stop in the area. 

The aquarium is incredible! You’ll see sea otters playing and diving, schools of fish, giant kelp forests, jellyfish, and bonus! You can even whale watch from the aquarium decks. The Monterey Bay Aquarium is a truly special place that’s well worth the price of admission.  

  • Location: Sunset Dr, Pacific Grove, CA 93950

One of the best beaches in the Monterey Bay and a local favorite, Asilomar State Beach is a beautiful one mile long stretch of sandy white beach that’s a perfect location to watch the sunset over the ocean. There’s a 0.75 long walking trail that’ll allow you to take in the scenic view, and you may even spot some sea otters and other marine life if you’re lucky! 

To see some native California coastal plants and sand dunes, check out the Asilomar Dunes Preserve right across from Asilomar beach. Sand dunes in this part of the Monterey are gentle rolling hills, beautiful in their own right. 

Rocks along in the ocean

Lovers Point  

  • Location: 631 Ocean View Blvd, Pacific Grove, CA 93950

Lovers Point is a beautiful 4.4 acre park in the city of Pacific Grove. The park is famous for a rock outcropping (the lovers point), and is a great place to lounge around and see surfers. 

You can hang out at the beach at Lovers Point, bring a picnic, or play some beach volleyball. The rocky California coast is in full display here. There’s a reason this place is a local favorite! 

family of sea otters in the ocean

  • Location: 2370 CA-1, Moss Landing, CA 95039
  • Hours: 9am-4pm

I drove past Moss Landing every day for years on my way to work, and I can’t even begin to describe just how beautiful this part of California is. While Moss Landing itself isn’t much of a town, the crown jewel of this tiny area is the beautiful Elkhorn Slough. 

The slough is protected from the ocean, and provides the perfect conditions for marine animals to call this home. This is where you need to head to for an almost guaranteed shot at viewing sea otters, sea lions, and seals. 

The best way to see all of this biodiversity is to rent a kayak from Kayak Connection ,located right at the slough. The water in the slough is pretty calm most of the year, but especially in the early fall months. Go in the morning for calmer waters if you’re not as comfortable doing water sports. And please don’t harass the wildlife! 

large rock and ocean from west cliff drive in Santa Cruz california

Santa Cruz, California is a small, college surf town located at the northernmost end of the Monterey Bay. This a fun quirky beach town with plenty of beaches, surfing spots, and a cute small downtown area. Highlights include the Santa Cruz beach boardwalk, a historic spot perfect for all-American summer fun. 

There’s many things to do in Santa Cruz, and you can easily spend several days exploring the area. For the top things to do in Santa Cruz (from a local!) check out this post . 

To get to Santa Cruz, make the drive up the coast on Highway 1 from Carmel Cruz – it’s a beautiful scenic drive along the coast! 

Important tip : dress in layers!!  

When deciding what to pack for one day in Big Sur, you need to keep in mind the time of year you’re visiting, and the general weather in the California central coast. 

Temperatures in this part of the state are usually pretty mild, usually hovering around 60 degrees fahrenheit most days, but dropping as low as 40 degrees fahrenheit. The rainy season is usually from November through early March. 

To ensure the best trip, make sure you pack and/or wear the following:

  • Comfortable pants like jeans or yoga pants ;
  • Base layer (t-shirt, tank top, or long sleeve) ;
  • Rain jacket or windbreaker ;
  • Comfortable shoes ( sneakers or hiking shoes );
  • Wool socks ;
  • Sunhat ; 
  • Sunglasses ;
  • Sunscree n ;
  • Reusable water bottle ;
  • Portable charger ;

For a comprehensive California packing list, check out this post.

Where to Stay When Visiting Big Sur 

If you’re planning to stay longer than a day, check out the following hotels in Carmel, Monterey and Big Sur. 

  • Hyatt Regency Monterey : beautiful hotel and grounds in a golf course setting with easy access to Highway 1 to kickstart your road trip adventures. Check prices here.
  • Portola Hotel & Spa : located near downtown Monterey, this beautiful hotel will put you close to the Monterey Wharf and Monterey Bay Aquarium. Check prices here . 
  • La Playa Carmel : beautiful luxe boutique hotel with lots of charm and easy access to the beach. Check prices here.
  • Ventana Big Sur : adults only resort located in the heart of Big Sur near the town of Posts. This is a breathtaking, luxury hotel perfect for a honeymoon. Check prices here . 

Alternatively, book a charming Carmel beach home with more room to spread out!

I love camping, especially if it’s a beautiful campground with a view! There’s several camping options in Big Sur but most of them fill up FAST. Campgrounds generally open six months in advance, so set a reminder to ensure you snag a good spot. Below are some of the public campgrounds to check out: 

  • Andrew Molera State Park  
  • Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park 
  • Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park 

Whether you’re planning a trip from Big Sur to Carmel or Carmel to Big Sur, bookmark this Big Sur guide so you have all the information you need for your trip! 

  • Day Trip to Santa Cruz from San Francisco
  • What to Pack for California (plus FREE printable!)
  • What to Do in Muir Woods National Monument

10 thoughts on “Carmel to Big Sur Day Trip: the Perfect Itinerary”

This is one of my all-time favorite road trips! When I was little, I had the opportunity to do this drive with my family, and it really inspired my love for roadtrips.

Can relate! I was lucky enough to live near Big Sur for several years and always went down to the cliffs every chance I got!

I lived in the Bay Area for nearly 30 years and often went to Big Sur, particularly when I was dating my husband, so it is a special place to me and I absolutely love it! I never tire of visiting this very special spot.

My first Big Sur road trip was with my partner, definitely holds a special place in my heart <3

This part of the California coastline is one of my favourites! We’ve driven it a couple of times and I’d love to spend some more time in Big Sur.

You should definitely spend more time here! I’m always amazed that I manage to find something new in the area no matter how many times I visit!

Wow! We need to take a family roadtrip through Big Sur! So many places to see! I definitely need to make a stop at PFEIFFER Beach….just beautiful!

Big Sur is great for families, most of these activities are super family friendly!

Are there any day trips from Carmel to Big Sur and 17 mile drive?

Yes! 17 mile drive is right around Carmel, you can start your day with that and then just follow the rest of the itinerary (just shave off a couple of parts if the day starts to get too long!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Last Updated on July 14, 2021 by Ale

  • Work With Me

Home » Blog » Epic Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary: Explore California’s Pacific Coast

Epic Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary: Explore California’s Pacific Coast

big sur day trip itinerary

I had heard stories about California’s famous Big Sur road trip and always wondered if it would live up to the hype. But after visiting all I can say is… you need to put this road trip on your bucket list! Visit California’s rugged Pacific coast, drive down Big Sur along Highway 1, see some of the gorgeous California state parks, and I promise this will be a trip you will never forget.

This Big Sur road trip guide and itinerary will help you plan the best trip down the California coast. Whether you have 1 day or 1 week, there are endless ways to experience the natural beauty of this unique area.

Disclaimer : This blog post may feature some affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you make a purchase (at no extra cost to you). It’s one of the ways I can keep producing free guides and resources for my readers. Learn more about my affiliate policy  here . Thank you for the support!

Epic Big Sur Itinerary: Explore California’s Pacific Coast

Road trips can be an amazing adventure, but there are often a ton of things to plan! In this guide, I’m going to help you determine where you should go, what to pack, how long you should visit Big Sur, and share my favorite parts of my Big Sur road trip. I’m even sharing my recommended itinerary for a day trip to Big Sur, as well as a longer, multi-day road trip along the coast.

What is Big Sur?

You’ve probably heard people talk about Big Sur, but maybe you’ve always wondered what it actually is. Big Sur is most well known as California’s most scenic drive. Highway 1, also known as the Pacific Coast Highway, connects the towns of Carmel-By-The-Sea and San Simeon across a 90 mile stretch of gorgeous, undeveloped coastline with incredible views of the Pacific Ocean. The Pacific Coast Highway alone has amazing views, but adventure enthusiasts love Big Sur for the miles of hikes through redwood forests, craggy cliffs, stunning beaches, and many amazing California state parks.

How To Get To Big Sur

If you’ll be traveling from the greater California area, you are likely best off driving from home. If you live further away you will need to fly to one of California’s major cities. San Francisco is the closest major city, but Los Angeles is another option as well. Big Sur is a 90-mile scenic drive, so you’ll definitely want to rent a car. If you have the time and the means, I highly recommend making your trip to Big Sur part of a larger West Coast road trip! Consider visiting Yosemite National Park and Redwood National Park while you’re on the west coast.

From San Francisco to Big Sur

The easiest way to get to Big Sur is by flying into San Francisco. I recommend using Skyscanner to find the best rates on flights, and then renting a car through Kayak . It’s about a 2 hour drive from San Francisco to Carmel at the north end of Big Sur.

From Los Angeles to Big Sur

Alternatively you could fly into Los Angeles, rent a car and drive to San Simeon, the southern end of Big Sur. The drive from Los Angeles to Big Sur typically takes about 4 hours, although that definitely depends on traffic in the LA area. Keep reading for the reasons why I recommend starting your Big Sur road trip from the north side in Carmel.

big sur day trip itinerary

Best Time of Year to Take a Big Sur Road Trip?

This part of the California coast stays pretty mild all year, so you can definitely visit Big Sur year-round. Visiting in the spring months is probably the best time to visit since it’s not too hot yet. Plus, you’ll see incredible wildflowers in bloom if you visit in April! The crowds are typically the busiest during the peak season in summer, so consider a fall visit in October or November. You’ll get incredibly mild temperatures and avoid the busy season.

How Long Does it Take to Drive Big Sur?

It is possible to drive Big Sur in one day, but many people like to spend longer exploring the area. These are the most common ways to take a Big Sur road trip:

  • Start and finish in Carmel-by-the-Sea but only drive as far as McWay Falls (78 miles of driving)
  • Start in Carmel-by-the-Sea and finish in Morro Bay (120 miles of driving)
  • Start and finish in Carmel-by-the-Sea, including driving the entire Big Sur Coast and taking the inland route on the way back (268 miles of driving)
  • Start and finish in Carmel-by-the-Sea, including driving the entire Big Sur Coast and taking the coastal route on the way back (240 miles of driving)

In an ideal world, you would spend a week meandering down the coast and stop at every single viewpoint. But I know that’s not possible for most people. So in this guide, I will provide a suggested itinerary for a Big Sur day trip and suggestions on how you could extend for more days.

Big Sur Coast Highway Map

Which Direction Should You Drive Big Sur?

Either direction works, but if you want the BEST Big Sur views then I recommend driving north to south . So if possible, start your Big Sur road trip in the Carmel-By-The-Sea area. As I touched on above, you can drive Big Sur on just a day trip or you can spend a week (or more) exploring this area. The options really are endless and that’s one of the reasons Big Sur is such a quintessential USA road trip.

Big Sur Road Trip Tips

Many travelers have Big Sur on their bucket lists, for good reason. But it can tend to get crowded, especially at some of the most famous viewpoints and areas with limited parking. If you have the flexibility, try to plan your visit to Big Sur during the week to avoid most of the crowds.

The beauty of the Big Sur coastline is that it feels truly remote, and in a lot of ways, it is! Phone service is inconsistent at best, so don’t plan on relying on your smartphone for GPS. Download offline maps ahead of time so you’ll always have them handy, even when you lose service. Gaia GPS is my favorite way to save and download hiking and off-road maps for access when I don’t know if I’ll have service. One of my favorite Gaia features is the cellphone coverage maps, so you can plan where you’ll need those downloaded hiking maps!

Since you’ll be traveling a fairly remote stretch of coastline, there are limited amenities. With limited restaurants and stores, you should bring food and water. On road trips, I always pack a reusable water bottle , a larger water jug for refilling, and a cooler with plenty of yummy snacks. It’s a good idea to fill up your gas tank before you start your drive to avoid that pesky low fuel light popping up when you’re in the middle of nowhere.

Insiders Tip : Poison Ivy is aplenty on a lot of trails in the Big Sur area. Keep your eyes peeled, and even better, keep your skin covered to avoid the risk of rash!

Driving the Pacific Coast Highway Big Sur

Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary

The coastal scenery is truly gorgeous along Big Sur and the California coastline. With craggy cliffs and pounding waves, it’s dramatic, but it’s also quite fragile! The coastal ecosystem is consistently eroded by weather, waves, and unfortunately, human visitors. You should always observe and respect all posted barriers and roped-off areas. Practicing Leave No Trace principles while traveling is one of the most important ways we can preserve the natural world where we love to adventure.

Carmel-by-the-Sea

Carmel is the cutest little oceanside village. There are some great restaurants and shops so this can be a good place to begin your road trip. Fuel up for the day with the scones from Tuck Box. They’re SO tasty!

Big Sur Road Trip - Point Lobos China Cove

Point Lobos State Natural Reserve

One of many state parks in the area, Point Lobos is a must-visit whether you have one day or a week! With incredible wildlife and miles of hiking trails along the coastline, Point Lobos State Natural Reserve is the perfect first stop on your road trip. There is a $10 entry fee for this reserve and you can purchase this upon entry.

From the southernmost parking lot, take the short Bird Island Trail to a coastal overlook and a small white sand beach in China Cove. The water in China Cove is an incredible emerald green color and the cove is surrounded by eroding cliffs. Keep an eye out for harbor seals, sea lions, sea otters, cormorants, gulls, pelicans, and herons.

Big Sur Itinerary - Garrapata State Park

Garrapata State Park

Continue down Highway 1 to Garrapata State Park. Another incredible coastal park, Garrapata is tucked into the base of the Santa Lucia Mountains and features both rocky coastline and stunning redwood canyons up in the hills. Even if you’re pressed for time, I recommend hiking the Garrapata State Park Bluff Trail. Less than a mile round trip, you’ll get incredible views of Soberanes Point to the south and panoramic views of the Pacific ocean. If you visit in spring, you’ll be treated to incredible wildflowers all along these trails.

It’s also worth checking out the Soberanes Point Trails, which you can connect onto from the Park Bluff Trail for a longer hike. The trails here have lots of options to make loops of different distances. For an added bonus, climb Whale Peak and get a great view of the Pacific Ocean!

Big Sur Itinerary - Garrapata Beach Calla Lily Valley

GarraPata Beach and Calla Lily Valley

The famous Calla Lilies typically bloom from mid-Feb to mid-March and can be accessed via a short walk along the Garrapatta Trail . Be mindful that it’s a really small area and it can get VERY busy on weekends. Be respectful of other people and do not trample or pick the flowers.

While you are down exploring the Calla Lilly Valley, be sure to stroll onto Garrapata Beach . This is a beautiful spot to watch the sunset!

Big Sur Itinerary - Bixby Bridge

Bixby Creek Bridge

Probably Big Sur’s most iconic landmark, the Bixby Bridge is a 279 foot tall concrete bridge that connects the rocky cliffs on the highway. With the Pacific Ocean to the west and the long stretch of coastline into the distance, this is a great spot to take photos, particularly at sunset. But it is definitely a popular location, so plan accordingly!

California State Park - Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park

Pfeiffer Beach

The highlight of Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park, another incredible state park on the California coast, is Pfeiffer Beach. The coastline here is beautiful any time of the day, but sunset is particularly magical. A few weeks each winter, a natural phenomenon perfectly lines up sunset through Keyhole Arch, resulting in a magnificent light show (and a photographer’s dream!) Pfeiffer Beach is also known for its purple sand, or at least it appears that way in certain light.

Continue down the Pacific Coast Highway to McWay Falls, but be sure to stop at the Big Sur Taphouse on your way. Their fish tacos are DELICIOUS and the outdoor patio is a vibe!

Big Sur California Coast - Mcway Falls

Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park and McWay Falls

About halfway down the Big Sur coast lies Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park, another incredible state park with both coastal and forested trails. You’ll find another Big Sur icon here, McWay Falls, an 80-foot waterfall that cascades right onto the beach! The waterfall is spectacular year-round and this spot provides a unique viewpoint of the waterfall, the white sandy beach, and the crystal clear ocean. This state park also has a $10 entry fee, but I definitely think this one is worth it too. Where else can you see a waterfall into an ocean?!

Insiders Tip : The best view of McWay Falls is usually from the roadside! The main viewing platform is currently undergoing renovations, so you’re actually best off viewing the falls from the roadside vantage points as you approach the main parking lot. Just be careful of traffic as you walk along the road!

Must See Stops on a Big Sur day trip

Because Big Sur is relatively accessible from San Francisco, it is a popular day trip. If you only have 24 hours (or less) to visit, here are my most recommended suggestions for your adventure listed from north to south on the Pacific Coast Highway.

  • China Cove walk at Point Lobos State Natural Reserve
  • Walk part of the Garrapata State Park Bluff Trail to Painters Point
  • Stop and view Bixby Bridge
  • Experience McWay Falls

Exploring Big sur with multiple days

Maybe you’re lucky enough to have multiple days to explore the Big Sur coast. You should definitely still visit the spots I mentioned above, but here are my suggestions to add on a few more days of hiking, scenic drives, and exploring.

  • Hike Soberanes Canyon, a longer hike through redwood forests
  • Stop to see the Calla Lilies and Garrapatta Beach
  • Stop at Andrew Molera State Park
  • Walk along Pfeiffer Beach
  • Explore Limekiln State Park and Limekiln Falls
  • Stop at Sand Dollar Beach
  • Enjoy Salmon Creek Falls
  • Stop by Piedras Blancas Light House
  • Spot seals at Elephant Seal Vista Point 
  • Visit the famous Hearst Castle

If you have the time, I definitely recommend making your Big Sur road trip part of a larger Pacific Coast trip. Head up north to spend some time in Redwood National and State Parks and visit some of the tallest trees in the world.

Where To Stay in Big Sur

Big Sur would be a great adventure to rent a camper van . We drove our California coast road trip in our Sprinter Van , so I can definitely recommend visiting Big Sur as a van trip. This is a good way to save on your accommodation budget too. RVs are great, too, but Highway 1 can be pretty narrow and windy which could end up being stressful in a large RV.

There are plenty of hotel and resort options in the Carmel and Monterey areas, just north of the Big Sur coastline. For something a little different, you can book private vacation rentals through VRBO, too! Here are some adorable rentals in the area that I would love to stay in on my next trip:

  • LittleHouse in the Redwoods : gorgeous private house rental perched in the hillside right among the redwoods
  • Oceanfront Big Sur Cottage : cozy and romantic cottage with stunning ocean views
  • Coastal Cottage : charming oceanfront cottage with room to relax inside and outside. Walkable to local shops!
  • Carmel Valley Studios : private cottages with cozy decor and amazing valley views

Big Sur also has tent camping options for those who prefer a more rugged experience. Some popular campgrounds are Ventana Campground , Pfeiffer Big Sur Campground , and Big Sur Campground & Cabins . There are limited free camping locations along Big Sur. Use our guide to learn how to find the best free camping in the USA .

Camping at Big Sur

What To Pack for a Big Sur Road Trip

What you pack for your Big Sur road trip will depend on what time of year you choose to visit. For example, if you visit during winter you will need to pack more layers and wet weather gear. Whereas if you visit during summer then a sun hat is a must!

This packing guide is also tailored towards people who enjoy hiking. If you don’t plan to hit the trails, simply leave off the hiking-specific items when using the guide. For those choosing to camp, I have an entire guide and packing list for car camping essentials , so make sure to check that out!

Don’t forget to use code RENEE15 to get 15% off your first Backcountry.com order! (some exclusions apply) Click here to shop my favorites .

Hiking shoes:

If you’re visiting in summer then a pair of trail runners or lighter hiking boots should do the trick, such as the La Sportiva Bushido II Trail Running Shoe . If visiting during the winter months or if you plan to hike muddy trails, it’s best to bring a pair of waterproof hiking boots. The Columbia Newton Ridge Plus Waterproof Hiking Boots are a great choice. We also have a guide on all the best hiking shoes , so don’t forget to check that out when shopping for new hiking boots!

big sur day trip itinerary

Merino wool socks :

Wool socks are the best for preventing blisters and also letting your feet breathe. Recommended hiking socks .

Hiking pants, leggings, shorts, Skorts , Dresses:

I generally reach for leggings and I have also been loving skorts lately, but choose whatever feels comfortable and practical for you! Recommended hiking pants ; hiking shorts ; hiking skort , hiking dress , hiking leggings .

Quick-dry top :

Merino wool tops are my favorite due to their breathability and odor resistance. Recommended short-sleeve hiking top ; long-sleeve hiking top .

Day pack/hiking backpack :

Choose something with hip and chest straps for optimal comfort and practicality. Recommended backpack .

When taking short walks or exploring roadside stops I often prefer to opt for a small hip pack instead of a backpack. Just something to fit my phone, lip balm , sunglasses , and any other essentials. Recommended hip pack .

big sur day trip itinerary

Trekking poles :

Optional but I personally swear by them for hiking! Recommended trekking poles .

Mid-layer :

Perfect for chilly mornings and evenings. So opt for something lightweight like a fleece or pullover. Recommended mid-layer .

Insulated jacket :

You will want something warmer for chilly days and during the mornings and evenings when visiting in summer. Recommended insulated jacket .

Rain jacket :

The weather can change quickly along the coast, and Big Sur is known for getting quite windy! Be sure to pack a rain jacket and/or windbreaker, even during summer. Recommended rain jacket , recommended windbreaker .

big sur day trip itinerary

Casual clothes :

Pack some casual and/or nicer outfits if you plan to eat out at restaurants. This is of course optional though! Check out my Favorites page on Backcountry for some recommendations.

Navigation :

When driving, have Google Maps or Maps.Me handy. For hiking, carry a physical map and a compass , and download offline maps onto your phone. I use Gaia GPS – click here to get 20% off a Premium membership!

Emergency beacon :

Optional, but can give you and your loved ones some peace of mind when hiking or traveling without phone service. Recommended emergency device .

Headlamp + batteries :

For hiking in the dark, camping, or in emergency roadside situations. Recommended headlamp .

Drink bottle + Water Jug:

Pack a reusable water bottle and you could also consider using a water bladder inside your backpack when hiking. I like to keep a larger water jug in my car so that I don’t have to rely on finding water fillup stations. Lastly, I also like to hike with a lightweight water filter to ensure I don’t get sick when drinking from streams.

Bring along either a cap, bucket hat, or wide brim hat to protect your face from the sun. Recommended cap ; bucket hat ; wide brim hat .

Sunscreen :

Self-explanatory. This one is reef safe and doesn’t contain any chemicals that will harm you or the environment. Don’t forget a lip balm with sunscreen too.

Sunglasses :

Polarized sunglasses are best for eye protection.

big sur day trip itinerary

First aid items :

Always carry a small first aid kit with essential items like blister plasters and emergency supplies. Recommended lightweight first aid kit .

Phone + driver’s license/ID :

Always best to keep these on you in case your car is broken into. Recommended lightweight wallet (or you can simply use a small binder clip!)

Camera + batteries :

Optional but trust me, you will want a camera to capture these beautiful parks! Check out the camera gear I use to capture my travel photos and the camera bag I pack it all in!

There aren’t a lot of places to buy food along Big Sur, so you might want to pack a cooler and bring along your own food and drinks. For a cooler, you can opt for a small/day trip size, or a larger cooler that’s more conducive to car camping and longer road trips. Recommended day trip cooler ; larger cooler .

big sur day trip itinerary

Every road trip requires snacks! Bring whatever your favorite snacks are or factor in time to stop at a grocery store / gas station. My go-to snacks .

Reusable coffee mug :

If you enjoy drinking coffee then it’s best to bring along a reusable mug or tumbler. Recommended mug ; insulated tumbler .

Reusable utensils :

Similar to above, having your own travel utensils / cutlery is a great way to cut down on single-use plastics when ordering take-out food.

National Parks Pass :

If you’re going on a larger road trip and planning on hitting some of California’s incredible national parks, make sure to pack your park pass if you have one already! If not you can buy one when you arrive at the parks or online before you go .

Road trip playlist + Podcasts:

Don’t forget to download some good tunes and podcasts for your road trip. For music, check out my playlists on Spotify . For podcasts, we have an entire guide on the best road trip podcasts !

Want more packing & gear tips?  Check out our guides on what to wear hiking , car camping gear essentials , how to plan a national parks trip , and the best hiking shoes .

Final Thoughts on Planning a Big Sur Road Trip

I have so many amazing memories from my Big Sur road trip, and I hope this guide helps inspire you to plan one soon. Let me know what your favorite parts from your Big Sur road trip are in the comments below!

PIN for Later!

big sur day trip itinerary

Related Guides

How To Visit Katmai National Park - A Comprehensive Park Guide - Brooks Falls Platform Brown Bear

How To Visit Katmai National Park – A Comprehensive Park Guide

big sur day trip itinerary

Best Things To Do In White Sands National Park: Epic 1 Day Itinerary

Best Things to Do in Punta Gorda Florida

Discovering the Best Things To Do in Punta Gorda: Florida’s Hidden Gem

Join our mailing list for exclusive resources, events, and more.

Thank you for subscribing!

One comment on “ Epic Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary: Explore California’s Pacific Coast ”

You dropped this post at the most perfect time – my husband and I were in Big Sur this last weekend (4/1-4/4) and were able to reference this awesome itinerary for all the must see spots. Thank you for the great tips and recommendations. We loved Pfeiffer Beach and China Cove. We were able to see multiple Harbor Seal pups and their moms which was incredible!! I hope we can visit again some day sooner rather than later.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Follow Along on Instagram

Globetrotting Ginger Travel

The Perfect 4 Day Monterey, Carmel and Big Sur Itinerary

I have visited California many times through out my life. Living in Utah, our family vacations were always to Southern California. When the opportunity came up to visit northern California, I was excited and really intrigued. I can now say that I absolutely loved that area and have already been back again and counting down the days until we can visit yet again. Here is the Monterey, Carmel and Big Sur itinerary I followed for a long weekend getaway!

(Updated April 2024)

Table of Contents

Arrive- Pick up Rental Car and Drive to Monterey

I flew into the San Jose, California airport on a flight arriving around 12:00 in the afternoon. The airport is small and easy to navigate. It was easy to find the area where we needed to take a shuttle to the rental car building. It was quite busy at the time we arrived and we probably waited in line for 30 minutes-1 hour so make sure to add this in when planning your itinerary!

I definitely recommend booking in advance. We booked in advance and it was about $31 a day before adding gas and insurance if you want. This is the website I use to find great deals on rental cars.

Road trip from San Jose to Monterey

If you arrive early in the morning or have more time on the way back to the airport at the end of your trip, there are lots of great places to stop. Two places that I would definitely recommend are Henry Cowell Redwoods State Park and Capitola.

Henry Cowell Redwoods State Park is truly a wonder of nature and there are so many easy and family friendly short walks through incredible redwood trees. We did the Redwood Grove Loop trail and it was amazing. There is also a pathway that connects Henry Cowell parking lot to Roaring Camp, where you can actually go on a train ride through the redwood forest.

Capitola is a charming small beach town with adorable pastel houses you can walk by on your way to the beach. (Remember these are private residences so be respectful). We were able to find cheap parking nearby and spent about an hour or so here.

Henry Cowell Redwoods State Park

If you drive straight to Monterey from San Jose airport, the drive is nice and pretty straight forward and just takes a little over an hour and a half.

Where to stay in Monterey

I absolutely loved the hotel I picked to stay in for one night, The Monterey Plaza Hotel . The location is so perfect in between Cannery Row and Fisherman’s Wharf and just a ten minute walk to the aquarium. My favorite part about it, however, was that it was literally right over the ocean. It was the prime location for marine life spotting! I saw sea otters, seals and dolphins! Each room actually had binoculars making it even easier to locate the animals!

On arrival, our room wasn’t quite ready so we had lunch at the hotel’s restaurant and I got clam chowder in a bread bowl! It was so delicious and the outdoor dining setting right over the ocean was such a dream. I can’t recommend this place enough!

Click here to book your stay!

Monterrey Plaza Hotel2

The second time we visited Monterey, we stayed at Hyatt Regency Monterey Hotel and Spa. We also really enjoyed staying here during our time. It’s right on a golf course and in a really beautiful setting with gorgeous big trees everywhere. There are a few on site restaurants to choose from and we loved the amenities like the swimming pool and the lawn games. It was a great place to stay with little ones.

Hyatt Regency Monterey

2 PM- Visit Cannery Row

Cannery Row is filled with boutiques, restaurants and waterfront hotels. It is a charming little area that also has some good marine life sighting spots. The area was filled with flowers and they  have gigantic succulents everywhere! I had never seen succulents that big before! Cannery Row also has some cute candy shops, arcades and even an indoor mini golf arena!

After checking out Cannery Row, we walked to Big Sur Adventures  about 5 minutes away to rent bikes. They had the cutest beach cruisers with baskets and they also have electric bikes! The people that worked there were friendly and gave us a map of the nearby trail and tips on places they recommended seeing.

If you are looking to do something adventurous while in Cannery Row and get on the water, I recommend this really fun kayaking tour!  It’s such a fun way to see Monterey Bay from the water and you are guaranteed sightings of otters, harbor seals and sea lions!

Another perfect and more relaxed option is to take a dolphin and whale watching tour  which is one of the best things to do on a Monterey itinerary! It is honestly so magical being able to see the sea life so close. (Make sure to bring jackets because it can get quite chilly).

Otter in Monterey

5:00 Explore the Houses of Pacific Grove

I absolutely loved the houses in Pacific Grove. They were so colorful and unique! I saw many of them while riding my bike on the Pacific Coastal Trail and just rode down a particular street if I saw any that looked really interesting!

6 PM- Stop at Gorgeous Look Outs and Beaches

If you have a map, you can plan out some of the places you want to stop before you head out! I had a few places in mind I wanted to stop before we left, but I also thought it was fun to be spontaneous and stop whenever we saw something that interested us! One of our first stops was at Lovers Point Beach.  We then stopped at  Perkins Park spontaneously because of the unique Cyprus trees, the rocky shoreline and the purple flowers everywhere! (If you come between April-June, there are purple flowers all over the place in this area and Pacific Grove!)

17 Mile Drive pit stop

Sunset- Asilomar Beach

We rode past Point Pinos Lighthouse and ended up on a trail to Asilomar State Beach. There was a trail for bikes all along the beach and it was a really beautiful place to end for sunset. We had to hurry back right after so we could get our bike rentals back in time! Riding bikes was definitely a blast and I highly recommend everyone ride bikes along this trail.

Dinner- Bubba Gump’s

Bubba Gump’s has such a fun atmosphere that seems to mesh perfectly with Monterrey! I know it is a chain, but I had never eaten there before and thought it would be fun to try it out! Cannery Row is near where we dropped off our bikes so we just walked right over! Bubba Gump’s specializes in seafood- specifically shrimp and if you have ever seen Forest Gump- this place will be really fun for you! There is memorabilia from the movies all over!

I recommend the shrimp mac and cheese! It was so yummy!

Hula’s Island Grill

Another place I recommend eating for dinner is Hula’s Island Grill. This spot is really eclectic and kitschy. There are lots of fun areas and the Island style food there is really good too.

Day 2- Monterey and Carmel

9 am- monterey bay aquarium.

I am a huge fan of aquariums! In fact, I thought about being a Marine Biologist for awhile. I had always heard about the Monterrey Bay Aquarium and how great it was and how Finding Nemo was based on that aquarium! I really thought this was a great aquarium and I loved seeing all of the conservation efforts they had put into place. I was there for a penguin feeding and that was really fun! I loved seeing the open sea, the jelly fish and the really adorable sea otters! I got my ticket for the aquarium here .

12 PM- Ride Bikes to Fisherman’s Wharf

Another awesome part of the Monterey Plaza Hotel is that you can rent bikes for free! After we walked back from the aquarium to the hotel, we decided it would be fun to ride bikes over to Fisherman’s Wharf! This part of the bike trail was a lot busier. It was a quick ride to Fisherman’s Wharf and we set up our bikes with a lock on a bike rack. Fisherman’s Wharf is full of cute candy shops and tons of Clam Chowder restaurants! In fact, they all have people outside of their cafes or restaurants giving out samples. This was actually my favorite part of Fisherman’s Wharf. I think we tried 7 different kinds of Clam Chowder and they literally all taste different because they have their own recipes and specialties. We were going to get lunch, but decided to wait until Carmel since we ate so many samples! But if you are still hungry, I recommend picking which place had your favorite sample and eating there!

2 PM- 17 Mile Drive

After Fisherman’s Wharf, we decided to leave Monterey to explore Carmel-by-the-sea. We decided the best way to get there was the scenic route! 17 Mile Drive is said to be one of the most beautiful drives in the U.S. Admission is $10.50 per vehicle and when you arrive at the entrance they give you a map of all of the scenic stops and designated places to see.

This website is very helpful and gives a description of each stop so you can decide where you want to stop before you even get there. I really enjoyed Spanish Bay Beach, Fanshell Beach overlook, Cypress Point Lookout and the Lone Cypress. The Lone Cypress is actually over 250 years old! If you are into golfing, the 17 mile drive also has the world famous Pebble Beach!

You can also go on an e-bikes tour of  17 Mile Drive which would be such a fun way to see this area!

3:30 PM- Arrive at Hotel & Happy Hour and Appetizers

There are a lot of really good options of places to stay in Carmel. We ended up booking Le Petit Pali – an adorable boutique hotel. The location was great and we were able to walk all over town. They also have bikes you can rent as well. One of the best features of the hotel was the Happy Hour that happened every day from 4-6. It was going on right when we arrived at the hotel. There are many different wines you can choose from (this area is really well known for their wineries in case you didn’t know). Don’t fret if you don’t drink, they have tons of snacks you can eat as well! There were various cheeses, crackers, fruit and little sandwiches. It was nice to arrive at the hotel after a long day and just relax for a minute and eat some snacks!

Le Petit Pali Carmel

Click here to book your stay at this adorable boutique hotel

5 pm- explore carmel town.

Carmel is one of the most charming and quintessential towns I have ever been to. I absolutely fell in love. You would never imagine this town is in California, it feels like a fairy tale town in Germany. The town is very walk-able and it’s honestly so much fun to just explore it at your own pace. There are all types of shops including antique shops, fudge shops, oh and don’t forget dog shops! I definitely need to add that this is one of the most dog friendly places I have ever been. There are cute dogs all over the place! I heard from a local that even though Carmel is small, there is always something new to discover and I can definitely believe it. There were all sorts of cute alleys you could go down to find more hidden gems. Also, as mentioned before Carmel is known for their wineries so there are several you can head to for wine tastings.

Carmel is a must for any Monterey and Big Sur Itinerary!

Sunset- Carmel Beach

Carmel Beach is definitely the best place to watch the sunset. The colors over the water were absolutely spectacular! Make sure to bring a light jacket since it gets a little bit chillier at night. Another thing I loved about Carmel Beach was how dog friendly it was. There were cute adorable dogs everywhere. Bring a blanket and some snacks and plan to stay for awhile.

Dinner- Forge in the Forest

There are a lot of incredible eateries in Carmel. When researching where to eat, I had Forge in the Forest recommend several times. The ambience at this place was amazing. It is definitely in a really romantic setting. There are warm fires all over the place and lights hanging in the trees. This was a great place to end the day in Carmel.

Itinerary DAY 3 Big Sur Road Trip

If you don’t have a rental car or don’t want to do this drive on your own, I recommend this full day tour to Big Sur.

8 AM- Breakfast and Pick up Picnic Lunch

We ate a quick breakfast at the hotel (one of the other perks of staying there) and then headed to the 5th Avenue Deli. I had it recommended to me and I thought it would be the perfect place to pick up a picnic lunch for later. We were able to order build your own sandwiches that came with a drink and chips. This shop was really cute and had lots of yummy treats and great customer service.

8:45 AM- Stop at Carmel General Store

This adorable general store is on the way to all of the stops on the Big Sur day trip. It is the perfect place to fill up on gas and get any last minute snacks. Not to mention, it’s adorable, so it\’s a really fun place to stop for photos!

Bixby Bridge

You might recognize this bridge if you have seen “Big Little Lies.” It’s one of the most iconic bridges in all of California and definitely one of the most photographed for its aesthetic. Keep that in mind when you head out on your road trip. If you are a morning person, you might want to head out earlier to avoid the other tourists. The parking near this bridge is somewhat limited. Also, there are two different viewpoints- one of the front side of the bridge and one of the back. Both are definitely worth getting out for and photographing. This was one of my favorite stops on this trip.

Bixby Bridge was one of my favorite stops on my Big Sur Itinerary!

Stop at Scenic Look Outs

Highway 1 is one of the most scenic roads I have ever been on! I was in awe the entire time. There are so many scenic look outs to stop at so feel free to stop as much as you want along the way!

This stop is a definite must on your Big Sur Itinerary.

Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park

We stopped at Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park Vista point which had really great views and then afterwards did a short hike down a steep path that takes you over a wooden bridge, through a tunnel and then to Partington Cove. The rocky ocean views here were really amazing and it was a nice little walk to break up the scenic drive.

McWay Falls

I had seen pictures of Mcway Falls for many years and had always dreamed of seeing them with my own eyes. They are a definite must on any Big Sur Itinerary. As you drive up to this area, the ocean turns to the most pretty turquoise color! It took my breath away. The Mcway Falls trail is located at the Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park. Unfortunately, when I was there, you could only go on part of the trail and since it is only a small pathway where you can see the falls, it was pretty crowded. It is still totally worth it to see this beautiful place. This was our last stop heading down Highway 1 before we turned around and made some stops on the way back to Carmel.

McWay Falls will be the last stop on your Big Sur Itinerary before turning around and making your way back to Carmel.

Pfeiffer Burns State Park

After Mcway Falls, we headed to Pfeiffer Burns State Park (not to be confused with Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park). I was really excited to go here because I hadn’t seen redwood trees since I was a little kid. We went on an amazing trail past a gorgeous river and into a meadow with giant redwood trees everywhere. Seeing these trees was such a surreal experience! They are even bigger than you can imagine!

Note:  If you have time, Pfeiffer Beach, which is very close to this state park is worth a visit. Since it was already the middle of the day, there were no parking spots down by the beach. We pulled into this area where you can park and then pay to take a shuttle to the beach. Unfortunately, we had just missed the last shuttle and the next one wasn’t leaving for quite awhile. Pfeiffer beach is best known for it’s amazing rock structures, sunsets and sometimes there is even purple sand!

Stop at Big Sur River Inn

Next up on the Big Sur Itinerary: Stopping at Big Sur River Inn for a much needed ice-cream break! This Inn was so cute and the place we got ice-cream was in an old blue bus! There was a river right behind the Inn with lots of cute chairs to sit on and relax and people were even tubing on the river! This is definitely a place I would like to spend more time at if I head back to this area.

G arrapata State Park

I stopped at this state park on the way back to Carmel and I really loved it! The beach there was beautiful with views of the cliffs next to the ocean. One of my favorite parts of the park was all of the beautiful walking paths with wildflowers everywhere.

5:00 PM Folktale Winery

Carmel Valley is full of vineyards and wineries. You could spend all day in this area headed from winery to winery. We decided to stop by Folktale Winery and Vineyards because it seriously looked like something from a fairy tale! It was located in a building that looked like a castle. You are able to do wine tastings inside or if you don’t drink, there is also a full service restaurant as well. I always love getting cheese plates! The inside had the most beautiful design and the outside was just as lovely with tables and benches everywhere and live music playing. There were also lots of lawn games.

6:30 PM- Carmel Mission Basilica

Right outside of Carmel is Carmel Mission Basilica, dating clear back to the 1700s. The grounds are incredibly beautiful and this place is definitely worth a stop for the gorgeous grounds and architecture.

7:30 PM- Explore more of Carmel and Dinner

Some places I recommend going to in Carmel:

  • The Cheese Shop
  • Ritzy Ragz and Thingz
  • Thinker Toys
  • 5th Avenue Deli
  • Cottage of Sweets
  • The Hat Shop Carmel
  • Diggidy Dog
  • Ocean Avenue Shopping Carmel
  • Tuckbox Tearoom
  • Carmel Bakery- make sure to try the famous cannoli!

Restaurants I recommend:

  • Cantinetta Luca
  • Baja Cantina & Grill- quirky inside and outside
  • Mission Ranch Restaurant- popular spot for Brunch
  • Hog’s Breath
  • Carmel Bakery- try the homemade cannolis
  • Treehouse Cafe

Day 4- Point Lobos and Head Home

8 am- point lobos state park.

Point Lobos was also definitely another highlight of this trip and should definitely be on your Monterey, Carmel and Big Sur Itinerary. This state park is absolutely beautiful and is full of wildlife everywhere! We went on the Bird Island and China Cove trailhead first. This trail was amazing and we saw a cove with the most turquoise blue waters and baby sea lions down below. They were so cute, I was squealing!

Then the trail led down to this amazing white sandy beach (Gibson’s Beach) with no one else around. After that, we walked past an island with hundreds of birds on it, which was so cool! We also went on the Cyprus Grove Trail and we loved that one too. After leaving the park, there was quite a bit of traffic to get back to Carmel. (Keep this in mind if you are headed off to the airport so that you give yourself plenty of time.)

Point Lobos

12 PM- Head to Airport, Stop in Santa Cruz en Route

Santa Cruz is a cute, funky surf town on the way to the San Jose airport. I had remembered going to the Santa Cruz Beach Boardwalk when I was a kid so I was excited to go back. It\’s an adorable amusement park right on the beach! There are also cute murals all over town and makes for a perfect pit stop before heading back home! Still dreaming of heading back and doing this Monterey , Carmel and Big Sur itinerary again sometime soon!

5 Guys

There You Have It! The Perfect Big Sur Itinerary! What are you going to do while you’re there?

Best places to travel this year, wizarding world of harry potter | perfect itinerary, mickey’s not so scary halloween party | top 10.

Like what you see? Pin it for later or share it!

Related Posts

Things to do in Tucson Arizona

20 Fun Things to do in Tucson With Kids

Moab with kids- 22 fun things to do.

Arch in Kolob canyon

Kolob Canyon Scenic Drive: 5 Miles of Stunning Scenery

Port renfrew seaside cottages view beach

Exploring Port Renfrew: #1 Hidden Gem of Vancouver Island

guest

Sign me up for the newsletter!

guest

The Stromads

  • The Ultimate Big Sur Road Trip Guide with Map 2024

by Maureen | Travel & Destinations

Iconic view Big Sur Road Tip Guide and Map

Going on a Big Sur Road trip?  Use this guide and map to create your perfect itinerary!

Like many, Big Sur was a bucket list for me.  From a young age, I was enamoured with pictures and cinema portraying the scenery, the drive, and the jaw dropping cliffs.

From the moment we arrived in Big Sur, I felt an overwhelming connection with the area.  This area of California feels almost spiritual to me, and maybe someday I will call it home.  Between the eerie fog, mountains and sea scapes, there is so much to see.

This Big Sur Road Trip will cover 100 miles of the California Coast we toured starting in Carmel and ending in Cambria.

Although the drive itself only takes a few hours, allow yourself time for traffic, road work, and most importantly, photo opportunities. As you read on, we will elaborate on the best Big Sur Viewpoints and scenic places of interest. Let’s get started, it’s amazing!

TRAVEL ADVISORY: HIGHWAY 1 IS CLOSED FROM 24 MI SOUTH OF BIG SUR/ AT LUCIA (MONTEREY CO) TO LIMEKILN STATE PARK (PARK CLOSED) – MOTORISTS ARE ADVISED TO USE AN ALTERNATE ROUTE.  For more information:  bigsurcalifornia.org  

Big Sur Itinerary

Planning a big sur day trip itinerary, download the ultimate big sur road trip guide:, big sur viewpoints and scenic stops, 1.  carmel-by-the-sea, 2.  point lobos state natural reserve, 3.  garrapata state park, 4.  bixby bridge, 5.  andrew molera state park, 6.  pfeiffer big sur state park, 7.  pfeiffer beach, 8.  nepenthe, 9.  partington cove, 10.  julia pfeiffer burns state park – mcway falls, 11.  slates hot springs & esalen institute, 12.  new camaldoli hermitage, 13.  limekiln state park, 14.  sand dollar beach, 15.  ragged point, 16.  elephant seal vista point, 17.  hearst castle, 18.  cambria, frequently asked questions about big sur road trips and big sur itinerary, how much time do i need for a big sur road trip, relive and share your epic road trip adventure, is big sur worth driving, can i drive my rv on big sur, when is the best time to visit big sur, where to stay in big sur, where can i find big sur campgrounds, what type of vehicle should i rent for my big sur road trip, tips for your big sur road trip:, download guide along app:, the ultimate big sur road trip map, note the ranger station information, bring snacks and drinks:, dress in layers:, wear appropriate footwear for walking and hiking., stop at the scenic overlooks, take pictures,    big sur road trip and big sur itinerary: conclusion, maureen wright and robb strobridge.

Amazingly, there is so much to see and do in less than 100 miles.  Your itinerary will reflect your physical capabilities as well as your time allotment.  In our opinion, Big Sur is best enjoyed over several days, especially if you plan to hike the suggested trails.

Overnight stays near the midpoint will help you lay out your itinerary.  These are a few options to consider.

  • Big Sur Lodge
  • Big Sur Cabins and Campground
  • Fernwood Campground and Resort

Although you can visit each point of interest in order, we recommend that you split up your road trip and make a plan that works for you.

If I had to pick 3 places to stop on Big Sur that are  get-out-of-your-car, must-sees, they would be:

  • Bixby Bridge
  • Partington Cove
  • Pfeiffer Beach State Park

All 3 of these can be done on the same day, and they are outstanding viewpoints.   Of course, there is so much more to see and do, so let’s get started!

Drive through tunnel on a big sur hwy 101.

There is little to no cell phone service in Big Sur.  Don’t leave your “Best places to see” to memory.  Download a copy of this Ultimate Big Sur Road Trip Guide.   It would be a shame to miss that one spot you wanted to see!

Big Sur runs along the California Coast from Carmel to Cambria.  The two-lane highway allows drivers to cruise the coastal highway both north and south.  Going south can be nerve-wracking as the cliffs seem to be right out the passenger’s window.  This does allow the passengers a bird’s eye view and great photo opportunities.

For this article, we are driving North to South and stopping at 18 named viewpoints along the way.  So, buckle up, and let’s go!

What better way to start or end your Big Sur Road trip than a short stay in Carmel-by-the-Sea?  This quaint village is storybook-perfect.  Wander through the art galleries, and specialty boutiques, or simply enjoy the sunset, Carmel is fascinating.

Carmel has been the setting for many movies and television series.  Play Misty for Me, The Graduate and Pretty Little Liars are just a few.

Besides celebrity sightings and amazing views, Carmel has some peculiar and fun laws:

  • Unit 1986, ice cream was outlawed, as it would create a sticky mess on sidewalks and streets if spilled.
  • Unless you have a permit, you cannot wear high heels.  The town’s streets and walkways are not stiletto-friendly.  In other words, safety first!
  • There are no streetlights or sidewalks in Carmel except for the downtown area.
  • Carmel residents have no street address and there is no door-to-door postal delivery.  Rather than 123 Maple Street, a neighbor might say, 3rd house on the left after the little white bungalow.
  • Did you know Clint Eastwood was once the Mayor?
  • Carmel’s Beach is dog-friendly.  Thank you Doris Day!

Carmel-by-the-Sea is magical, so stop in and experience it for yourself.

Tree on a white sandy beach blue water

62 CA-1, Carmel-by-the-Sea

Point Lobos State Natural Reserve is often referred to as “the crown jewel” of the state parks system.  On your visit, you will surely agree.

Tide pools, pristine beaches, wildlife, and a Pacific view for miles.   While there, be sure to check out the Whalers Museum as it holds treasures of the early whaling industry.

From hiking to scuba diving, you can easily spend the day here.  With 9 beach trails to explore, these views will never get old.  As you gaze out to the ocean you might just see some grey whales, especially during the late winter through spring.

Emerald green lagoon.

34500 CA-1, Carmel-by-the-Sea

Garrapata State Park is known for its scenic hikes above the coast and pristine beaches.  As you take the trails out to the cliffs, you will be blown away by the views.  Often you can view migrating grey whales, seals, and other wildlife.

Visiting Garrapata State Park during February and March may give you a pleasant surprise as the Calla Lillies are in peak bloom.

Take the stairs down to the sandy beach and explore the fascinating rock formations.  As beautiful as this area is, it is often unoccupied, giving you a perfect opportunity for a little peace and quiet.

Rocky coastal view overlooking emerald green pool of water.

California State Parks charge an entrance fee.  However, that one-time fee will give you access to all of the parks in a 24-hour period.  You can also park on the road outside of the park and walk in for free.  Only park in designated areas though, the highway is dangerous.

Big Sur is often foggy in the early morning.  Starting too early may seem like a good idea, but you won’t be able to see much, including the road directly in front of you.

CA-1, 18 miles south of Carmel

The iconic Bixby Bridge is a sight in itself.  Standing 260 feet from the canyon floor and spanning 714 feet gives you a feeling of driving over nothingness.

The beautiful architecture makes Bixby Bridge the 2nd most photographed bridge in California (The Golden Gate Bridge is #1).  It’s no wonder TV and movies have often featured views of the Bixby Bridge.

Parking is allowed on the north side of the bridge, but be extremely careful.  There are no guardrails preventing an accidental fall into the canyon below.

Pedestrian traffic is prohibited on the bridge, but you can get spectacular pictures from this vantage point.

In our opinion, Bixby Bridge is one of our top 3 places to stop and visit while in Big Sur.

Arch bridge over a very deep gorge and ocean.

45500 CA-1, Big Sur

Rustic and wild is the best way to describe Andrew Molera State Park.

With roughly 4800 acres, there are 10 trails to hike depending on your level of expertise.  Surfers, hikers, and nature lovers agree that Andrew Molera State Park is a favorite.

Be sure to keep your eye on the sky and witness the beautiful condors in their natural habitat.

Overcast sky and crashing waves on a rocky coastline.

47225 CA-1, Big Sur

Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park provides visitors with lush forestry and natural beauty.  From easy to strenuous hikes, there is something for everyone.

The Redwoods tower high above keeps the forest floor cool.

Hike along the Big Sur River, climb to the vista point or just take a leisurely stroll on the boardwalk.  Adventurous hikers often choose the Pine Ridge Trail leading to the secret Sykes Hot Springs.

Secluded pond surrounded by trees

9100 Sycamore Canyon Road

Pfeiffer Beach is one of our TOP 3 places to stop as you travel through Big Sur.  With its crashing waves, rocky coastline, and purple sand (Yes! I said purple), Pfeiffer Beach is spectacular.

The famous Keyhole rock stands majestically in front of you as the waves crash through the opening.  During December and January, you might be lucky enough to catch the sun setting through the keyhole.  Whether it’s waves or the sun, you will agree the view is picture-worthy.

Manganese garnet from the nearby hills causes the sand to have a purple color.  After the rain, purple is more prevalent.

Pfeiffer Beach can be windy and chilly.   The water is cold and the currents are strong.  Swimming is not advised.

This is truly a beautiful beach, but be prepared.  Bring chairs, a blanket, a picnic, and someone who will love the views.  Wear layers as it can be windy and chilly.  After all, this is the Central Coast.

There are a few things to keep in mind when visiting Pfeiffer Beach.

  • The turn for Pfeiffer Beach road sits between the Big Sur ranger station and the Big Sur Post office on the southbound side of Hwy 1.  The entrance is not well-marked and may appear that it is a private road.
  • Sycamore Canyon Road is paved, but very narrow.  RVs, buses, and campers are prohibited on the road.  There are potholes and curves, as well as 2-way traffic.
  • Parking is limited.
  • This is a day-use-only beach, with no overnight camping
  • The entrance fee is $12 CASH per car.
  • Nudity is legal on this beach and is common at the northern end of the beach.

Purple sand beach.

48510 CA- 1, Big Sur

Nepenthe is a Big Sur icon.  Sitting 600 feet above the ocean, the views are outstanding.  Enjoy a relaxing glass of wine on the patio, or a delightful meal as you gaze out to the Pacific Ocean.

The gift shop and cafe are open for something quick and easy as well.

Nepenthe is a great place to stop and relax as you are cruising Big Sur.

Glass of red wine overlooking the lush green forest and blue ocean.

51700 CA- 1 Big Sur

By far, this stop is off the hook and one of our top 3 places to visit on Big Sur.

Fair warning, there is a 1 mile out and back hike to the prize views  The path down to the cove is dirt and easy.  However, like all rules of physics, eventually, you will have to come back up.

Park carefully along the road as there is no lot.  Follow the dirt path down, down down.  The path will fork, and both trails are worth walking.

To the left, cross over the wooden footbridge and go to, then through the tunnel.  It’s creepy for sure, but the view on the other side is OUTSTANDING!

To the right, the path will lead directly to the ocean.  The rocky shoreline is nothing short of breathtaking.

The huge boulders make a great place to sit and watch the waves.

Wooden tunnel on a dirt path.

52801 CA-1, Big Sur

McWay Falls is an 80-foot plunge tidefall.

During high tide, the water falls directly into the ocean.  The scenic overlook gives views of the pristine beach, emerald green water, and stunning waterfall.

Unfortunately, you cannot access the beach, and attempting to do so can get you into a heap of trouble.

The path out and back is about 1/2 mile and very easy.

Since there is a $10 fee to access this state park, you may want to park on CA-1 and walk in for free.  Also, CA State Parks allow you same-day entrance to the other state parks thereby stretching your dollar.

Emerald green water and waterfall.

55000 CA-1 Big Sur

For those desiring a break from the world, you can find tranquility here at the Esalen Institute.  Their holistic approach to reviving your spirit, soul, and body makes them a leader in the industry.  Relaxing spa treatments, meditation, and jaw-dropping views are only the highlights

The mineral-rich natural baths overlook the Pacific Ocean creating an immersive experience.

The Esalen Institute requires advanced reservations.  However, the Slate Hot Springs within the property is open to the public from 1 am-3 am nightly.

Ariel view of cliff side retreat.

 Photo Credit Callaban ,  CC BY-SA 4.0 , via Wikimedia Commons

62474 CA-1, Big Sur

High above the CA-1 sits the New Camaldoli Hermitage.  The community of Camaldolese Benedictine monks welcomes visitors from all walks of life.  Whether you seek the solitude of a silent weekend retreat or the peaceful views from convenient benches, this is a beautiful stop along Big Sur.

Please be considerate of the spiritual nature of the New Camaldoli Heritage.  Children, pets, music, and loud talking are not permitted.  Kindness and understanding is always appreciated.

Ocean views from a tall mountain retreat.

63025 CA-1, Big Sur

Due to a fire, the trails have been closed for some time.  Volunteers have worked countless hours cleaning the area and making the trails safe again.

As the trails open again, visitors can wander through the giant redwoods, search for the 100 ft waterfall or explore the kilns.

69232 CA-1, Big Sur

This stunning cove is a favorite of surfers and beachcombers alike.  The soft sand and big waves welcome visitors.  Tidepooling is popular, as you can sometimes find sand dollars and jade.

The high bluffs protect the beach from the wind making your visit comfortable and relaxing.

Visit from the top or take the stairs down to the beach.  Either way, Sand Dollar Beach is unforgettable.

Stunning coastline views showing the mountains transitioning to the sea.

19019 CA-1, Ragged Point

Ragged Point offers some of the most incredible views of Big Sur.  Whether you come to spend the weekend in one of the 39 cliff-side rooms or grab something to go from the snack bar, Ragged Point will treat you to their million-dollar views.

For those that are up for a hike, take the .6-mile trail down to the black sand beach.  Remember to look behind you to view the 300-foot waterfall.  This is a strenuous hike and best enjoyed by experienced hikers.

The rest of us can take a leisurely walk out to the Portal and look 400 ft down to the beach below.

Ocean and cliff side view.

CA-1 , San Simeon

Have you ever wondered what Elephant Seals do all day?

This is your chance to see, hear and smell them in their natural environment.

From late November through March there are hundreds of elephant seals doing seal things: sleeping, swimming, and singing!

Elephant seals laying in the sun on a beach.

750 Hearst Castle Road, San Simeon

Built between 1919 and 1947, Hearst Castle sits high above San Simeon overlooking the valley below.  The property encompasses over 250,000 acres secluded from those that want to sneak a peak. With 115 rooms including 38 bedrooms, 40 bathrooms, a salon, a Theatre, and two pools, The Hearst Castle was once the ultimate party house.

Celebrities and the ultra-wealthy of yester-year often visited William Randall Hearst at the Castle for extravagant functions.   Guests would fly into the private airstrip and be shuttled to either the main house or one of the 3 guest houses.

At one point, Hearst Castle was home to the largest private zoo.  The zoo housed bears, orangutans, camels, giraffes, and zebras.  The zoo was dismantled in 1947 due to financial difficulties.  Most of the animals were rehomed to other zoos, while some were permitted to roam freely.  Zebras, (yes zebras), elk, and antelope continue to freely roam the countryside in San Simeon.  Keep your eyes open as you take the drive.

Three years after William died in 1951, Hearst Castle became a California State Park.  The Castle is open for tours.

For those interested, you can become a member of the Hearst Castle Foundation, which is dedicated to the preservation of the Castle and philanthropic educational endeavors through science, technology, engineering, art, and mathematics.   Through special events including pool parties (yes, you can swim in the Neptune pool), the Foundation raises money to support these programs.

Beautiful swimming pool with pool house.

Photo by Catalina Johnson on Unsplash

The Village of Cambria is a vibrant community that has so much to offer its residents and visitors.

Stunning beaches, a farmers market, fine dining, and a weird roadside attraction.  Whether you spend a few hours or a few days, Cambria will be a beautiful memory.

Weird looking house on a hill

Big Sur is roughly 100 miles from Carmel to Cambria.  The posted speed limit is 55mph, however, the hairpin turns steep inclines, and jaw-dropping views, coupled with traffic and lane closures don’t often allow drivers to go so fast.  Where available, slower drivers can utilize pullouts to allow faster traffic to pass.  CA-1 should not be driven if you are under serious time constraints.  

Save this spectacular scenic route for when you have ample time, 4 or 5 hours minimum.  It is far too beautiful to rush.

In our opinion, Big Sur is best experienced over a few days.  Visiting the beaches, taking a few hikes, and of course, catching a famous Pacific Coast sunset are all part of the magic.

Capture the Magic. Cherish the Memories. Share the Journey.

📸 Preserve every exhilarating moment with our "Epic Road Trip Adventure Photo Journal."

💖 Cherish spontaneous joy with special spaces for your favorite candid photos.

🌟 Highlight the unforgettable moments that made your road trip truly extraordinary.

👭 Create a collective keepsake with contributions from everyone.

Download now to craft the perfect memory holder, ensuring your precious road trip memories never fade away!

How Many Days Should I Spend in Big Sur?

Spending even 1 night in Big Sur, somewhere near the midpoint will add to your overall Big Sur Experience.  Spending 2 or more nights will definitely enhance your visit.  By staying multiple nights, you can spend more time at each of the viewpoints as well as enjoy some of the hikes. 

Whether you fancy dinner at Nepenthe or s’mores nestled amongst the Redwoods, Big Sur can be enjoyed for a little or as long as you desire.  Ask any of the locals, they never want to leave.   

If miles of hairpin turns, scenic overlooks, jaw-dropping views, and countless photo opportunities are your jam, then Big Sur is DEFINITELY worth driving .

There is a reason that CA-1 is often counted as one of the top 10 best road trips in the United States.  Big Sur is just THAT IMPRESSIVE.

As constant travelers, we have driven some beautiful scenic roads : The Road to Hana, The Million Dollar Highway, and The Apache Trail to name a few.  Big Sur makes our Top 5 road trips of all time.

We’d love to know your favorite roads!

The short answer is yes, RVs are permitted on CA-1.    However, just because you can, doesn’t always mean you should drive your RV on Big Sur.

With steep grades throughout Big Sur, driving your RV or pulling a camper might not be the best idea when it comes to visiting Big Sur.   Plus, the scenic overlooks are not RV friendly.  Many are small and only have room for a few cars.

With Over 40 years of experience driving and towing, Robb considers himself an expert driver.    After navigating CA-1 in our Renegade Verona, he was quite relieved to make his way to Interstate 5 (I-5).  The steep grades will burn up your brakes if you are not careful.

For those that are camping in Big Sur, you will have to drive part of the highway.  Our best advice is to drive directly to your destination.  Take the road as slowly and carefully as you need to.  Leave your rig at the campground and explore Big Sur by passenger vehicle or motorcycle.

Peak season in Big Sur is April to October.  Temperatures are in the mid-70s, which makes the beach days and hikes more pleasant.  With the warmer temperatures the crowd increases.  Traffic can be a nightmare on a 2 lane coastal highway.  

Although the winter months may bring some rain and cooler temperatures, it is also prime time to see beautiful gray whales.  The crowds have gone home and Big Sur is fairly quiet.

Only you can decide between whales or crowds.  

Big Sur is often windy, chilly, and foggy in the morning.  Daytime temperatures fluctuate from the high 70s in August to the low 60s in January and nighttime temperatures are a moderate 43-50 degrees.  There is little chance of freezing roads, however, the threat of a landside or mudslide is high during the rainy season. 

Wildfires are far too common on Big Sur.  Severe damage has been seen in some of the inaccessible trails.  

Big Sur is a fragile area and should always be treated with respect and care.

The big sur road trip guide and map will help you find views like this!

Big Sur is such a magical experience, captivating families, road-tripping friends, and especially lovers.  Whether your plans are hiking, driving, or exploring the many beaches, consider spending a few nights in one of the cozy lodges.

Big Sur River Inn,

46800 Highway 1, Big Sur. 

  Click here for availability and pricing.

Big Sur River Inn is located center stage of Big Sur.  Just a few minutes from Andrew Molera State Park and Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park, Big Sur River Inn is perfect for winding down after a long day of sightseeing.  Relax with a glass of wine or enjoy dinner in the on-site restaurant.  During the summer, you can take advantage of the beautiful in-ground swimming pool.  Wi-Fi is available or you can disconnect for a little while as you explore the creek and trails.

 Big Sur Lodge

47225 Highway 1, Big Sur

Click Here for Availability and Pricing

Big Sur Lodge is a perfect place to “leave the outside world behind”.  Located centrally along Highway 1, visitors have easy access to the Pheiffer Big Sur State Park and Pheiffer Beach.  During the summer months, the in-ground pool is perfect for cooling off after a day of hiking.  Likewise, you can snuggle up in front of the fireplace after a chilly Northern California fall afternoon.  The convenient onsite restaurant and bar make dining easy.

Spacious site in big sur campground and cabins.

There are several campgrounds in Big Sur, as well as lodges, cabins, and hotels, but don’t leave your stay to chance.  Reservations are required for most campgrounds and RV space is a premium.   Consider traveling during the mid-week for more options.

We enjoyed our stay at the Big Sur Cabins and campground.  Although the campground is “big rig friendly”, parking an RV can be challenging. The RV spaces are tight, as you would expect, deep in the Redwood forest.  The campground is well-maintained and quiet.  We would return in a heartbeat.

As with most of Big Sur, there is no cell service or internet service.  However, the nearby Big Sur Library has free Wi-FI and free DVD rentals.

Check out these convenient campgrounds:

  • Riverside Campground and Cabins: Accommodates RVs up to 34ft
  • Big Sur Campground and Cabins:  Accommodates RVs up to 40ft
  • Pfeifer Big Sur State Park South Camp: RV and Tent Camping
  • Ventana Campground: Tent camping only
  •  Fernwood Resort: RV & Tent Camping

We’ve all seen the Hollywood version of the California Coast, right?  Cruising CA-1 in a cute little convertible might sound fun, but the reality is somewhat different.

The mist and the fog will surely dampen your early morning plans.  Save the sports car for Southern California or even Wine Country.  Think about a jeep or 4Wheel drive small SUV for some of those hard to get to places.

En - 728x90

By far, Guide Along to Big Sur is the most comprehensive road trip companion we have used.  Your guide will help you navigate Big Sur with stories, history, and a few surprises.

Guide Along is like having a personal guide at a fraction of the cost.   The narrator is witty and knowledgeable while guiding you to all the best sights of Big Sur.

You can get the Guide Along App right here!

Banner 970x250 1

Be sure to share the map to your email and open on your phone to have the map on mobile.

47555 CA-1, Big Sur

The Big Sur Ranger Station has a wealth of information.  Stop in for travel guides and up-to-date information about trails, traffic, and wildlife.

Although there are a few convenience stores along CA-1, you may not pass them when you venture out.  Always pack plenty of water and easy snacks for your road trip.  Plus, who doesn’t love an impromptu picnic in an amazing location?

Big Sur weather can fluctuate rapidly.  The mornings are often foggy, misty, and chilly.  The afternoon can warm up considerably.  This coastal drive is often windy, especially on the beach and overlooks.  Dressing accordingly will keep you comfortable.

Of course, this should be common sense, but you would be surprised at the fashionable shoes on the trails.  Rocks, snakes, and sprains are all too common to hikers.  Sturdy shoes will help keep you from accidental slips and slides.

The scenic overlooks, jaw-dropping views, and the Pacific Ocean are the reason we come to Big Sur.  Stop and smell the sea air from high above.

Big Sur will always be one of my favorite destinations.

There is something mysterious, yet energizing about this region.  Maybe it’s the fog or maybe it’s the way the mountains meet the sea.   Whatever it is, Big Sur is magical, serene, and definitely worth the visit.

Robb and I appreciate you for reading this article.  We hope that we have brought value to your upcoming Big Sur Road trip.

Until next time,

Travel Safe and Adventure Often,

The Stromads

The stromads in big sur.

Entrepreneurs, Wanderlusters, Constant travelers, and Full-time RV Nomads since 2016.  We are fueled by life, love, and the pursuit of all things good.  Thanks for joining our journey and we hope to see you down the road!

Unlock the Secret to Saving $ Hundreds

(even $ Thousands) on Travel

with Our Exclusive Money Saving Tips

Subscribe Now and Get Your Free Download!

Congratulations! Thanks for joining us. Check your email for your TIPS. If you don't see anything from TheStromads be sure to check your promotions and spam folders.

SEND MY FREE TRAVEL SAVING TIPS NOW!

RV Couple with Renegade Verona LELTS

ROBB AND MAUREEN

THE STROMADS

RVing, traveling, and exploring should be fun.

Robb and I have compiled a list of resources that will help you save time and money.

Our suggestions will help eliminate decision fatigue and get you on the road to your next adventure.

Follow Us On Social

Recent posts.

2024 Las Vegas Itinerary 5 Days? No Problem! Start Here!

2024 Las Vegas Itinerary 5 Days? No Problem! Start Here!

2024 Las Vegas Itinerary 5 Days? No Problem! Start Here! Las Vegas Itinerary 5 Days? No problem! We've got you covered! Planning a trip to Las Vegas might seem like navigating a maze of glitzy lights and endless choices, especially if you're a first-time visitor....

What Stores Allow Overnight Parking 2024

What Stores Allow Overnight Parking 2024

 What Stores Allow Overnight Parking 2024? Sometimes travel days are long and you need to pull in somewhere for the night.  Rather than finding a campground with amenities or a hotel you just want something convenient on your route.  At this point, you are wondering...

Gate Guarding: Work Camping Jobs For Full-time RVers 2024

Gate Guarding: Work Camping Jobs For Full-time RVers 2024

Gate Guarding: Work Camping Jobs For Full-time RVers 2024 Are you familiar with Gate Guarding?  This article will provide valuable information, especially if interested in finding work camping jobs for full-time RVers. Work camping is a term describing how RVers live...

Thinking About a New RV?

Couple in Front of RV promoting How to Select Your Perfect RV

HWW Logo

Monterey and Big Sur Itinerary: Plan the Perfect Road Trip

Want to plan the perfect road trip to the california coast use this monterey and big itinerary to help plan your next road trip on the pacific coast highway.

Monterey and Big Sur are two beautiful coastal areas in California with offerings of nature, small-town feels, and cool weather.

Monterey is a quaint, small town with attractions such as Fisherman’s Wharf and Monterey Bay Aquarium. On the other hand, Big Sur is full of nature –beaches, hiking trails, and beautiful cliffside views.

🐙 Short on time and prefer a one-day Private Tour along the Pacific Highway coast? Book a tour with Alegro Private Tours!

If you are planning a road trip to the coast of California, this Monterey and Big Sur itinerary is a perfect option for you, and it’s so convenient as they are about 30 minutes apart from one another.

Let’s jump in!

Monterey and Big Sur Itinerary

🚗 The best way to get from Monterey to Big Sur is by renting a car. When booking your Monterey to Big Sur car rental online, I recommend using Discover Cars . They provide the best deals for car rentals in California!

While you’re planning your Monterey and Big Sur itinerary, check out these useful road trip gifts to have the best experience on the road!

Day 1: Big Sur Itinerary

  • This Big Sur itinerary runs from north to south as we were leaving from Monterey. If you are driving up from the south, everything will just be in reverse order.
  • You can definitely complete this Big Sur itinerary in a day , but if you have more time, you can also spread it out over 2-3 days and spend more time in each place.

On your first morning, wake up early and by 8 AM start your Big Sur itinerary by heading south on Highway 1.

This scenic drive is so rewarding with views of cute homes overlooking the never-ending Pacific ocean. There will also be many spots to pull over and take some beautiful pictures on the drive.

1. Point Lobos State Natural Reserve

The first stop in your Big Sur itinerary is Point Lobos State Natural Reserve , which is known as the “crown jewel” of all state parks in California, located just south of Carmel-by-the-Sea.

Even more than that, Point Lobos doesn’t classify itself as a state park, but rather as a natural reserve with the highest protection for nature and wildlife found here.

Point Lobos has a long history, dating all the way back to the mid-1800s, and hosted many groups including the Ohlone Native Americans, Chinese, Japanese, Portuguese, and Spaniards. There was even a point in our war history where Point Lobos was part of “secret” military operations, too!

In those early days, abalone harvesting became very popular when the Chinese realized the lucrative business of harvesting fish and started commercializing seafood. Word spread and a large Chinese community settled in Point Lobos where today you can visit one of their homes turned museum, Whaler’s Cabin .

If the history doesn’t draw you in, Point Lobos is also home to abundant wildlife, including 20 species of mammals such as gray foxes and mountain lions, various species of birds like the acorn woodpecker peregrine falcon, and of course, many species of marine life including sea otters, sea lions, and whales.

Many different types of vegetation can be found here as well such as wildflowers, shrubs, and fungi, but most importantly the Monterey Cypress which is local to the area.

When you visit Point Lobos, you’ll be amazed by its natural beauty, but please make sure to stay on trails as erosion is currently harming plants and wildlife in the area.

As you arrive, drive straight to the Sea Lion Point parking lot and you can start on the trail there, Cypress Grove Trail . The trail will take you less than an hour as it’s about 0.8 miles long and will bring you to the beautiful shorelines where you might even spot a sea otter!

There are even more trails to explore such as the South Shore Trail, Cypress Grove Loop Trail, Pine Ridge Trail, and Lace Lichen Trail .

  • Total time spent: about a 15-minute drive from Monterey; 1-2 hours checking out the views
  • Point Lobos State Natural Reserve | Address: 62 CA-1, Carmel-By-The-Sea, CA 93923

2. Bixby Bridge

Panoramic view of the Bixby Bridge and Pacific Ocean in Big Sur

About 30 minutes into your drive is the first quick pull-off in your Big Sur itinerary. You will arrive at Bixby Bridge , one of the most photographed bridges in California.

Bixby Bridge was built in 1932 and is one of the highest suspending bridges sitting at 260 feet above the bottom of the canyon below.

Fun fact: Bixby Bridge was built 5 years before the road was paved to connect Carmel to San Luis Obispo!

There is a small parking lot off the north end of Bixby Bridge where you can step out and take some iconic photos of it.

The beach down below was beautiful; however, hiking down to the beach is not advisable as the cliffs are unstable and there is no clear path. On the opposite side of the road, there is a dirt road known as Old Coast Road .

It is highly recommended that a car or truck with high clearance would be better to drive through it. If you do not have a high-clearance vehicle, you can still cross the street and take pictures from the other side of Bixby Bridge.

You’ll get a really nice view of the beach.

  • Total time spent: about a 15-minute drive from Point Lobos; 15-minute view
  • Bixby Bridge | Address: Mile Marker 60, California 1, Monterey, CA, 93940

3. Big Sur Bakery

Located just a smidge south of Pfieffer beach is Big Sur Bakery , which is actually a 1930’s ranch-style home. If you didn’t have time to pack a snack or breakfast, plan a stop at Big Sur Bakery before u-turning into the Pfeiffer Beach turn-off. Then you can eat something while enjoying the waves!

They currently offer brunch and lunch; however, because they are so small they highly recommend making reservations instead of just showing up. I have yet to try Big Sur Bakery although I’ve heard many good referrals about all the food – from wood-fired sourdough to buttermilk biscuits and gravy. Mmm!

  • Big Sur Bakery | Address: 47540 California 1, Big Sur, CA 93920

4. Pfeiffer Beach

When you are ready, continue on your drive towards Pfeiffer Beach . which is a favorite local hotspot and should not be missed when planning your Big Sur itinerary.

Finding it can be a challenge in itself because the turn is not marked. Once you find the right road, there is another very sharp turn down towards the beach.*

  • * To find the Pfeiffer Beach Turnout: Follow Highway 1 for 14 miles south of Bixby Bridge for about 20 minutes. As you get closer you’ll see a big yellow sign that says narrow road. Then you’ll notice a couple of turnouts on the right.
  • Pfeiffer Beach will be the second turnout, without the gates . Turn right and then make another very sharp right turn. I would recommend marking the address in your GPS before heading out as there is no cell phone service on parts of this drive.

It could be difficult to drive a large vehicle or RV through this area as it is one lane and very narrow. Drive about 2 miles to get to the ticket booth and have cash with you to pay for the $12 entry fee.

For the photographer’s heart, the iconic Keyhole Arch makes for a stunning sunset spot in Central California during the golden hour!

However, if you are here early, the pictures are still pretty amazing and you’ll miss the 9-10 AM traffic congestion so that’s a win!

Swimming is not recommended at this beach because there are a lot of rock formations that could cause harm if a strong wave pulled a swimmer the wrong way (and there were a lot of waves crashing through the rock formations), but you could also stay near the sandy area and dip your feet in the Pacific Ocean.

Take some time for a walk along the beach as it’s known to have purple sand!

Planning ahead: You can plan to picnic at the beach. Bring a blanket and a cooler with your favorite sandwich to enjoy, which we wish we had done. However, you can also stop at a local restaurant for lunch too! (See that next!)

  • Total time spent: 30-minute drive South from Bixby Bridge; 2 hours chilling on the beach
  • Pfieffer Beach | Address: 9100 Sycamore Canyon Rd, Big Sur, CA, 93920

5. Nepenthe and Cafe Kevah

A great option for lunch in Big Sur is Nepenthe and Cafe Kevah. With an early head start to your day, you will have plenty of parking spaces to choose from if you stop for lunch here. You’ll know it by seeing cars lined up the hill up into the parking lot or various vehicles parked, waiting to get in.

At an early hour, you might be too early for Nepenthe the restaurant upstairs, but Cafe Kevah down below has a delicious selection for brunch.

If you’re a fan of seafood, Cafe Kevah’s Egg Benedict has Dungeness crab and is delicious; the regular egg benedict is also a top pick. To eat here though, you definitely pay for the cliffside views.

  • Total time spent: 10-minute drive from Pfeiffer beach; 1 hour eating
  • Cafe Kevah | Address: 48510 Highway 1, Big Sur, California 93920

6. Julia Pfieffer Burns State Park

Mcway falls located in Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park in Big Sur.

Continue driving south on Hwy 1 towards your next stop in this Big Sur itinerary: Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park , which is not to be confused with Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park.

One of the greatest attractions to this park is McWay Falls, one of two tidefalls* in California. This park also offers several other hikes depending on how long you would like to spend your afternoon here.

*Tidefall = a waterfall that drops directly into the ocean (I didn’t know either). If you squint really hard, you’ll see the falls between the rocks going directly into the ocean in the photo below.

  • Time Spent: 10-minute drive from Cafe Kevah, about 30 minutes of hiking to McWay Falls
  • Julia Pfieffer Burns State Park | Address: 52801 CA-1, Big Sur, CA 93920

7. Sand Dollar Beach

Known as one of Big Sur’s largest and most accessible beaches and the last stop on your Big Sur itinerary is Sand Dollar Beach , located about 30 minutes south of Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park.

Once here, you can hike down to this spectacular crescent-shaped beach and relax. This beach is known to be the most consistent wave producer for surfers, so if you are one of these talented people, bring your surfboard and have at it!

Did you know?: Sand dollar beach does indeed have… sand dollars!

  • Time spent: about a 30-minute drive south of Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park, 1-2 hours of sun tanning

End of Big Sur Itinerary – Turnaround: On your way back, you can choose to pull off and snap a few pictures of the beautiful ocean down below. Since you are now past the influx of traffic, you won’t be in a rush to get into any of the popular sites.

Day 2: Monterey Itinerary

1. paris bakery.

Start off your morning by heading over to Paris Bakery in Monterey to get some breakfast. If you want a taste of France in sweet Monterey, Paris Bakery is your go-to spot!

Jackie Jegat, the owner and founder, moved from his home in France to open his own restaurant on the California Coast when he was about 30 years old.

Today, he has a wholesale warehouse where he provides his delicious fresh-baked pastries to hotels and restaurants around the area. In his restaurant, you’ll see rows of pastries lining the front of his shop and cafe au lait to go, too!

I got pain au chocolat, yum!

  • Total time spent: 15 minutes
  • Paris Bakery | Address: 271 Bonifacio Pl, Monterey, CA 93940

2. Old Downtown Monterey

Pafoua and her family in front of Old Downtown street in Monterey

Next up on your Monterey itinerary is Old Downtown Monterey located on Alvarado street and named after Juan Bautista Alvarado who was the former governor of Alta California.

Here you’ll find multiple historic buildings including California’s First Theater, Colton Hall, the Stevenson House, and many more! To discover all these buildings, be like the yellow brick road and follow the Path of History’s yellow tiles on the sidewalk.

There is also the Old Downtown Marketplace every Tuesday from 4 -7 PM in the fall and 4 – 8 PM in the summer. The marketplace is a certified farmer’s market so you’ll find local bakeries, craft vendors, and organic produce.

In Old Downtown Monterey, you’ll find over 400 shops and restaurants lining the main streets as well.

  • Time Spent: 1-2 hours of walking and browsing
  • Old Downtown Monterey/Marketplace | Address: Located on Alvarado Street between Del Monte and Pearl

3. Fisherman’s Wharf

Monterey’s Fisherman’s Wharf is an iconic stop for your Monterey itinerary. Walking on the wharf doesn’t take any more than 30 minutes if you just want to do a walk-through, but you’d be missing out!

There are souvenir shops, where I bought a super cute Monterey boat picture frame, there’s a clam chowder stand, a cafe spot that I love and forget its name, and my favorite the Monterey Bay Creamery where there’s a huge cow statue selling ice cream.

Another favorite thing we like to do here is to stop at the first shop on the right (also didn’t pay attention to its name), grab a little red basket, and have a go at the saltwater taffy. There are BARRELS of salt water taffy with flavors ranging from caramel apple to blueberry cheesecake – it’s incredible!

If seeing a whale is on your bucket list, Fisherman’s Wharf is where you need to be. You can book a tour right on the wharf, but it’s possible that tickets might sell out.

I recommend booking your whale-watching tickets in advance. Cruises currently run for 4 hours at 10 AM or 3 hours at 2:30 PM (morning tours are recommended) so you’ll need to plan your time wisely if you are wanting to include this activity in your itinerary.

  • Time spent: 1 hour without the whale-watching tour (but we did watch all the cute puppies on the wharf!)
  • Fisherman’s Wharf | Address: 1 Old Fisherman’s Wharf, Monterey, CA 93940

4. Abalonetti Bar and Grill

Ablonetti Bar and Grill is located on Fisherman’s Wharf and is our all-time favorite restaurant. It is located towards the end of the wharf, so beware that you may be tempted to stop at one of the restaurants before it.

Some staple orders for us here are the steak and shrimp scampi, gnocchi with two sauces, and the grilled salmon filet. The clam chowder here is also amazing! We also think the service is really good, so you can’t go wrong with this restaurant!

  • Time spent: About 1 hour
  • Abalonetti Bar and Grill | Address: 57 Fisherman’s Wharf, Monterey, CA 93940

5. Monterey Peninsula Recreational Trail & State Beach

Monterey State Beach

Monterey Peninsula Recreational Trail is an 18-mile trail that runs from Pacific Grove up north to Castroville and alongside the old Southern Pacific Railway.

A trailhead can be found from Monterey State Beach and from there heading south, it will take you to Fisherman’s Wharf, Cannery Row, and the Monterey Bay Aquarium. You can walk, jog, or bike on this trail.

Since the trail has a turn out to Monterey State Beach , you can stake your spot and head out for a swim, a surf, or a picnic. This area is gorgeous where you can easily spend a couple of hours hanging out.

  • Time spent: 1-2 hours of chilling and walking on the path

6. Cannery Row

Next up on your Monterey itinerary is Cannery Row , a waterfront area with old buildings filled with shopping, restaurants, and fun activities such as escape rooms, arcades, and the world-class Monterey Bay Aquarium .

This is a popular street located in the heart of Monterey. You can read all about how this area came to be here .

Parking is open all along the street and a parking lot is also located on the south side of Cannery Row. One of our favorite spots here is the Pepper Palace where we buy dry rubs and sauces to make our legendary wings.

  • Time spent: About 2 hours walking through the shops – without stopping for escape rooms, arcades, or the aquarium
  • Cannery Row | Address: 700 Cannery Row, Monterey, CA, 93940

7. Options for Dinner on Your Monterey Itinerary

There are so many places in this area to pick for dinner. From here, you can make a decision on what you’re feeling – but here are some recommendations!

  • Scales: This is one of the first restaurants you come upon on Fisherman’s Wharf. Something that’s unique about Scales is that it sits directly on the water. You really have a prime ocean view when you get seated. Sometimes they might even have deals on their appetizers, too!
  • Bubba Gump Shrimp Co.: If you are a big fan of Forest Gump and shrimp, this might be the restaurant for you! Located in Cannery Row, you can order shrimp po’boy, fried calamari, or dumb luck coconut shrimp! So many good options.

Added Excursions for Your Monterey and Big Sur Itinerary

Pacific grove.

Flower field and the ocean in Pacific Grove

Pacific Grove is a small area right on the edge of Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary about a 10-minute drive from Fisherman’s Wharf. Once you get to Pacific Grove, everything is accessible by foot or bike.

Check out Lover’s Point Beach where you can do all the water activities like surfing and kayaking. In the months of October-February, you will also be in time to see the Monarch butterflies clustering at Monarch Grove Butterly Sanctuary.

Not to be missed, you’ll need to visit the Point Pinos Lighthouse , which is the oldest operating lighthouse on the West Coast. There isn’t an entrance fee, but they do ask for a $2 donation.

  • Time spent: 1-2 hours of walking and exploring

Carmel-by-the-Sea

View of Carmel beach

As one of the top 20 best places to retire in California, Carmel-by-the-Sea is a charming small town you need to check out.

There is a scenic 17-mile drive you can pay to drive and see iconic spots such as the Lone Cypress and Pescadero Point. Besides the gorgeous views, the houses in Carmel are also some to steal your breath away with their eccentricities and quaint vibes.

If you’ve had enough of driving on your road trip, you can park near Carmel beach and walk the scenic path. On one side, you’ll see the quaint houses up close and on the other side, you’ll have a clear view of the iconic Carmel beach down below.

Garrapata State Park

A beautiful state park, Garrapata State Park has views of the Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary and the Soberanes Canyon.

It is the foggiest park even when some of the other parks are clear, you’ll want to make sure to check the weather as you won’t be able to see much with the fog.

Some of the overgrown trails are known to have poison oak to get to the beach views, so make sure to protect yourself if you want to get to the water.

When visiting, you’ll want to hike the Soberanes Canyon Trail  as it’s restored and in great condition.

  • Garrapata State Park | Address: about a 17-minute drive from Monterey, 34500 CA-1, Carmel-By-The-Sea, CA 93923

Andrew Molera State Park

The Andrew Molera State Park is located in Big Sur and is a relatively undeveloped park in the area. Located at the mouth of the Big Sur River, the park has gorgeous panoramic views of the Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary.

There are also hiking trails you can check out here, too, and if you’re wanting a more rugged experience, camp out at the park. Check the website for openings and reservations .

  • Andrew Molera State Park | Address: about a 35-minute drive from Monterey near mile marker 51.2, 45500 CA-1, Big Sur, CA 93920

Map of Places for Your Monterey and Big Sur Road Trip

Key: Purple – Big Sur Itinerary | Blue – Monterey Itinerary | Orange – Other excursions | Yellow – Places to stay

Where to Stay on Your Monterey and Big Sur Road Trip

The best location to stay for your Monterey and Big Sur itinerary is in Monterey. You’ll be able to come back to a small town and enjoy a night on the town after you explore the nature scenes of Big Sur.

  • The Arbor Inn was in a great location with 5-minute access to both Monterey and Hwy 1 to head towards Big Sur. The Inn itself was quaint, clean, and hospitable.
  • Colton Inn is also in a great location, just about a 6-minute walk from Old Monterey.
  • There are many more options for Monterey ranging from the Hyatt Regency to Old Monterey Inn right on the oceanfront.
  • If you’d like to stay in Big Sur, there is the Big Sur Lodge , which is more like a hotel where you can book a room and stay the night with amenities. For a more nature-y experience, reserve a campsite in Pfieffer Big Sur Campgrounds with access to the Big Sur River, wildlife and vegetation, and hiking trails.

More Places to Eat on Your Monterey and Big Sur Itinerary

Monterey bay creamery.

Hang out on Fisherman’s Wharf a little longer after dinner and grab a dessert at the Monterey Bay Creamery (right next door to Abalonetti’s).

They have ice cream, churros, and sundaes, which is the best option! I would advise sharing a sundae with your BFF as the portions are huge, but it’s delicious nonetheless.

Enjoy your ice cream on the wharf and enjoy watching all the puppies greet each other as their owners walk them up and down the pier. You can also head to the water where you might be able to spot some marine life.

  • Time spent: about 5-10 minutes in line
  • Monterey Bay Creamery | Address: 43 Old Fisherman’s Wharf, Monterey, CA 93940

Phil’s Fish Market & Eatery in Moss Landing

Besides Abalonetti’s another one of our favorite restaurants in this area is Phil’s Fish Market & Eatery . It is about a 20-minute drive from the Monterey area, but it’s named one of the Best Beach restaurants named by BBC Travel.

There is usually a very long line before the opening hour (10 AM) and no reservations, so plan ahead!

The eatery has indoor and outdoor seating, but if you would like to sit on the beach and enjoy the waves while you eat, bring a blanket or some lawn chairs with you as you get beach access from the restaurant.

I ordered the Dungeness crab and N got fish and chips–always so good.

  • Total time spent: 20-minute drive North on Cabrillo Hwy, 2 hours at Phil’s
  • Phil’s Fish Markert & Eatery | Address: 7600 Sandholdt Rd, Moss Landing, CA 95039

What to Pack for Your Monterey and Big Sur Road Trip

Since you’re on the coast, keep in mind that there may be a cold breeze, so you’ll want to dress in layers and have a light jacket like this one or that one .

If you’re planning on hanging out on the beach, pack your swimsuit or a wetsuit to surf. While you’re hiking, you’ll want to have closed-toe shoes with a good grip to keep yourself safe, literally speaking from experience.

Check out this packing guide of my favorite items to pack on my trips, however, listed below is a tailored guide for a Monterey and Big Sur itinerary. Make sure to have these essentials on your list:

  • Water bottle with plenty of water
  • Sunscreen for beach days (or just being out in general)
  • Blanket or lawn chairs for hanging out at the beach
  • Swimsuit if you plan to swim
  • Hiking boots (or closed-toe shoes with good grip)
  • A good pair of walking shoes
  • Jacket (sometimes the weather at the coast can be colder than expected! Think 60s and windy)

Optional items:

  • Bike if you’d like to explore Monterey by bike
  • Cooler full of snacks and picnic foods (for a day at the beach)

FAQs About Your Monterey and Big Sur Itinerary

1. when is the best time to visit monterey and big sur.

The best time to visit Monterey and Big Sur is in the fall during the months of September to November or in the spring during the months of April to May .

The high season in this area is during the summer months, just after May and through August, so you may want to avoid these months if you don’t want to be around the crowds.

The hottest month in Monterey is September when high temperatures are around 67°F and lows are 55°F. The rest of the year is considered “cool temperature,” but Monterey does boast of 300 days of sunshine.

The only downside to visiting in the summertime is that July and August are the foggiest months. Fog usually disappears around 9 AM even though that sounds like a disappointing fact.

2. How many days do you need in Monterey and Big Sur?

The perfect amount of time to see Monterey and Big Sur is 2-3 days .

You can do a day trip to Big Sur or Monterey, but it takes at least 2 days to explore both Monterey and Big Sur properly. Three days would be even better so you can really relax and take your time.

Carmel-by-the-sea cute shop

3. What is there to see between Monterey and Big Sur?

When driving from Monterey to Big Sur, you’ll pass the small seaside town of Carmel-by-the Sea . It’s a cute town, and there is a long sandy beach. You could spend 1-2 hours here and then continue on to Big Sur.

If you aren’t pressed for time I recommend spending the night in Carmel-by-the-Sea or at least exploring it for a few hours. It has an awesome art community, and it’s one of the most beautiful places in California–try the 17-mile scenic drive !

4.. Can You Start from San Francisco to Big Sur on the Road Trip Itinerary?

Yes, you can leave from San Francisco to head south down the Central Coast on Highway 101. This Monterey to Big Sur itinerary is planned so it is possible to start in San Francisco and experience the whole road trip itinerary without backtracking at all.

It will take you about 2 hours to drive right into Monterey.

Map of trail from San Francisco to Monterey, with a stop in Santa Cruz

5. Can You Stop by Santa Cruz on the Way to Monterey?

Yes, definitely! You can stop in Santa Cruz if you’d like. It’s about an hour north of Monterey, and it’s a great place to get lunch or do some shopping. Maybe even take a walk on the Santa Cruz boardwalk!

6. What Can I Do After My Monterey and Big Sur Itinerary?

You can extend your road trip and continue driving south on the Pacific Coast Highway to see even more small California Coastal towns! You’ll drive into places like San Simeon , Cambria , Cayucos , San Luis Obispo, Pismo, and more!

Wrap Up Your Perfect Monterey and Big Sur Itinerary

There is so much nature and the small city feels to explore in Monterey and Big Sur! This area is one of my favorite places in California to visit.

🚗 When booking your Monterey to Big Sur car rental online, I recommend using Discover Cars . They provide the best deals for car rentals in California!

I personally love #doingallthethings at the beginning of my trips and then slowing down as I stay longer, but you can puzzle this Monterey and Big Sur itinerary out to best fit your weekend and travel style.

We so enjoyed our time on our Monterey and Big Sur road trip. Are you ready to check out California? Check out these posts below!

Liked what you read? Share it on Pinterest!

My favorite travel tips + resources.

Here is a quick glance at all my go-to travel tips and resources that I use to plan every trip! For more information, check out my travel resources page .

  • Booking flights: I use Google Flights to check all routes and find the best flights. Then I compare Skyscanner (for the lowest prices) before I book.
  • For hotels, I go through Booking.com or book directly with Marriott (for points + rewards).
  • When I travel internationally, I’ll book through Hostelworld for very budget-friendly stays.
  • For vacation rentals, use Vrbo or Marriott Homes & Villas .
  • Expedia also has some great bundles for hotels, flights, and car rentals altogether.
  • Car Rentals: I love renting cars through Discover Cars . They have been consistent and provide the best customer service.
  • Trains in Asia: Trip.com has the best options!
  • Trains in Europe: Trainline or Omio .
  • Visa Application: For a hassle-free process, apply for your visa from iVisa .
  • Travel Credit Card: I book all my travel (flights, hotels, car rentals) through Chase Sapphire .
  • Vaccines and Medications: Check the CDC website for updates on necessary vaccines to enter a country, including updates on Covid-19 and recommended places to visit. I recommend getting all the vaccines you need before you go!
  • Tours + Experiences: I absolutely love my tours! Everything from eerie walking ghost tours to food tours, I’ll usually book something every trip either through Viator or GetYourGuide .
  • Entertainment: Looking for entertainment like sporting events, theater shows, or concerts? Book with Ticket Squeeze !
  • Tech : Keep your internet browsing safe, secure, and fast with ExpressVPN
  • Language Learning: The best place to learn a new language is through Babbel as you travel to countries you don’t know the language.
  • What to Pack: I almost always travel by backpack . For products I like, check out my packing guide page for all the things I take with me on different trips.

' src=

Pafoua is the author and creator of Her Wanderful World. Pafoua writes from her numerous excursions about all things travel, from fun itineraries to creating memorable experiences on the road. When she’s not traveling, Pafoua loves a fun board game night with her friends or is snuggled up reading a good book. You can find her on Instagram @herwanderfulworld.

big sur day trip itinerary

Get My PNW Presets!

This preset collection can enhance your photos and will help you define your style and save you time.

The Wandering Queen

The Perfect Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary

When I moved from Texas to Washington State, I decided to make a trip out of it and do an ultimate Big Sur Road Trip. It was one of the most magical areas I have ever visited in California. The green cliffs, beautiful waterfalls, giant trees, and exquisite beaches were extraordinary. I haven’t stopped thinking about this beautiful area since, so I decided to make a fun itinerary for you.

I have highlighted my favorite spots on Highway 1, including parks, viewpoints, how to get there, what to pack, fantastic tips, and much more! Get ready for an outstanding Big Sur itinerary!

Big Sur Road Trip

Disclosure: This post contains affiliate links. If you click one of them, I may receive a small commission (for which I am very grateful for) at no extra cost to you. 

Download my free Outdoor Photography Guide

What to pack.

  • Car Charger: The drive is long, so make sure to pack this. >Buy Charger
  • Water Bottle: Stay hydrated! >Buy Water Bottle Here
  • Water Cube: Bring a lot of water since there are few gas stations. >Buy Water Cube Here
  • Beach Blanket: You definitely should relax at one of the beaches I talk about below. >Buy Beach Blacket Here
  • Camera: There are so many great photography spots on this trip. >Check Out This Camera
  • Comfy Shoes: I love these Teva shoes when traveling. They are so comfortable. >Check Out These Comfy Shoes
  • Sun Screen: It might be sunny, so be safe and put on some sunscreen. >Buy Sunscreen Here
  • Hand Sanitizer: In case you need to use the park bathrooms. >Buy Hand Sanitizers
  • Sunglasses: >Buy Sunglasses
  • Map: There is no service, so bring a map or download a Google map. >Buy Map Here

big sur day trip itinerary

Claim your FREE Hiking Checklist

Ready to start hiking? Grab my free hiking checklist and never forget anything at home!

Read More: The Ultimate Checklist For Road Trip Essentials

Best Time To Visit

Honestly, you can go all year long to visit Big Sur. I went in February, and it was chilly, but at least the weather was outstanding! Sunny days the whole time we were there.

Spring is the best time to visit when the wildflowers bloom, adding gorgeous colors to the scenery.

How To Get To Big Sur

Big Sur Road Trip map

The best way to get to Big Sur is to fly into San Francisco International Airport, rent a car and drive to Carmel. It takes around 2 1/2 hours (depending on traffic) and is about 110 miles away.

You can also drive from Los Angeles International Airport and make your way up North instead, although it is a longer drive to get to the first section of Big Sur (Hearst Castle). I drove from Los Angeles because I was moving from Texas to Seattle, so I made my way up north.

Big Sur Road Trip map

>>>Rent A Car Here<<<

Where To Stay

Finding a place to stay on Big Sur can be difficult because there isn’t much accommodation, so prices can be high. You don’t need to stay at a hotel to enjoy your time on Big Sur because you can complete most activities within a day. But if you want to go at a slower pace, you can stay at a hotel. Below are some excellent options.

  • Alila Ventana Big Sur : This is a cozy and luxurious hotel nestled in the California Mountains and has a splendid restaurant, and a wonderful pool. This romantic destination is adults only. >>>Click Here For Prices
  • Hyatt Carmel Highlands : Hyatt Carmel Highlands is located only 10 minutes from the beach and has many rooms with outstanding ocean views. It also has a pool, 3 outdoor garden spas, and a restaurant with views overlooking the Pacific Ocean. >>>Click Here For Prices
  • Big Sur River Inn : Want to soak your feet on the Big Sur River after hiking and exploring all day? The Big Sur River Inn is a budget friendly, cozy Inn that is located right next to the river and has a fantastic restaurant. >>>Click Here For Prices

Map Of Big Sur

You can download the Google map below on your computer or phone to help you plan your trip. I will warn you that the starred areas can not be seen without service, so I usually print the itinerary.

Big Sur Road Trip map

Above is the approximate driving time and mileage to see most of Big Sur (around 96 miles and 2 1/2 hours). The Big Sur area is located between Carmel and San Simeon, and you need to drive on Highway 1 to experience this mesmerizing coastline.

You do not need to see all of Big Sur to enjoy the region. In my opinion, the northern side is the best part.

Tips On Big Sur Road Trip

  • The roads can be pretty sketchy when driving. Be careful!
  • You might not have service, so learn how to download a Google Map on your phone.
  • Dogs are not permitted on the state park trails, but they are permitted in the state park paved roads.
  • Make sure to leave no trace! Do not leave any trash at any of the parks.
  • Sunset is the best time to take photos.
  • Bring a sweater or a jacket! It can get chilly, especially if you are doing sunset hikes.
  • Mudslides happen a lot in this area. When exploring Big Sur, you will notice the past mudslides.
  • My favorite parts of Big Sur are McWay Falls and Bixby Creek Bridge. Those two should be on your to-do list!
  • Bring a car charger because you will be in the car a lot.
  • Make sure you have a full tank of gas before you leave. I almost fainted when I saw the gas price when I filled up on Big Sur. It is so expensive.

How Long To Make Your Road Trip

If you wake up early, you can see almost everything on this list in a day. However, you will be rushed and feel like you did not see enough. If you want to relax and go at your own pace, then I recommend making this into a two-day adventure and staying at one of the hotels I suggested above.

Big Sur Tours

Are you getting overwhelmed with planning? Check out some of the tours offered below.

big sur day trip itinerary

San Francisco To Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary

Carmel by the sea.

Carmel By The Sea

Carmel By The Sea is a quaint little seaside town that was established in the 1880s. The town still has some characteristic stone chimneys and gable roofs that remind me of the English countryside. One of the most popular features is the Mission San Carlos Borromeo de Carmelo, and it is one of the most beautifully restored Roman Catholic churches in California. This is a significant historic building to view. You can also walk around the town and explore art galleries and restaurants. Some of the most popular restaurants include Cultura Bebida Y Comida and Corkscrew Cafe.

Point Lobos State Natural Reserve

Point Lobos State Natural Reserve

Point Lobos State Natural Reserve is just south of Carmel-by-the-Sea on Highway 1 and is a fantastic spot to enjoy sightseeing, beaches, tidepools, and more. I highly recommend hiking the Point Lobos Loop trail to see the best views in the reserve. It is around 6.7 miles round trip with 741 ft elevation gain. It is long but covers the best parts of the reserve.

If you don’t have much time then check out the Bird Island Trail which features the famous Point Lobos China Cove. This trail is only 0.8 miles round trip. A beach that is magnificent in the reserve is Gibson Beach.

Garrapata State Park

Garrapata State Park is easy to miss when driving down highway 1. There are no signs of the park and it has no staff on site. Still, if you are a big hiker, you might want to try the well-known loop trail containing Rocky Ridge and Soberanes Canyon Trail, which is around 4 miles and has spectacular views of the Atlantic ocean.

Bixby Creek Bridge

Bixby Creek Bridge

One of the most Instagramable spots on Highway 1 is the Bixby Bridge. This is one of my favorite spots on our road trip. And the best part is that it is one of the easiest activities on this list. Just pull over and take a photo of the stunning cliffside bridge. This bridge is the most photographed bridge in California.

The bridge was built in 1932 and is one of the tallest bridges of its kind in the world. Honestly, I am surprised at how this bridge was built. If you look at the photo above, you can see that the structure is on the cliff and not the ground which is pretty crazy to think about.

There are two main viewpoints of the bridge which I have highlighted below on a map. I would not explore beyond these areas because you can easily go into private property. Getting down to the beach is also pretty difficult and dangerous.

Bixby Creek Bridge viewpoints

Pfeiffer Beach

Pfeiffer Beach

Pfeiffer Beach is another popular area for photographers due to its “purple” sand and Keyhole Arch. Many photographers were crowded around the Keyhole formation and taking sunset photos. I loved this beach, and I feel like it is an excellent place for a picnic or lunch. Even though it felt crowded, there was still plenty of space to set up and relax.

I visited this beach because I had heard it had purple sand, but in my opinion, the beach only had some purple sand. Not enough to really call this a purple sand beach. Still, I really enjoyed seeing the keyhole arch and the waves crashing down on it.

Pfeiffer Beach keyhole arch

McWay Falls – Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park

McWay Falls

McWay Falls is my favorite waterfall I have seen in California. There is something so dreamy about seeing a waterfall cascading onto a beach. Lucky for you, this is another easy stop/hike to experience this waterfall.

The trail is only 0.6 miles round trip, and it is effortless to hike. When we were walking, we saw some of the devastations that the mudslide created years ago.

Once you get to the viewpoint (the picture shown above), take in the beauty of this wonderful waterfall. It is the closest you can get to the cove. Yes, I know… All of us would love to hike right next to the cove, but it is not allowed and will result in a considerable fine. I really wouldn’t know how to get down to the beach, and it looked sketchy and dangerous to even try.

I will warn you that this trail is very crowded, contrary to what you see in the photo. You can also hike around Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park like Tan Bark Trail and Tin House Road. I would check here beforehand to see if the trails are open. Too many fires and mudslides can close down a trail at any given time.

Grab Your Free Car Camping Checklist! 🚗🌲

Ready to elevate your car camping game? Snag our essential checklist to ensure you’ve got everything you need for a stress-free, fun-filled adventure! Perfect for beginners and seasoned campers alike. Download now and hit the road prepared! 🌟🎒

Elephant Seal Beach Scenic Overlook

Elephant Seal Beach Scenic Overlook

Elephant Seal Beach Overlook is a quick stop to see many cute elephant seals, and it is located near San Simeon. These animals are unique and brutal! We saw many of them fighting while we were here, and it was crazy to witness. Since it only takes a few minutes to witness all the seals, I recommend stopping here.

There is another seal overlook called “Seal Beach Overlook,” and that one is located near McWay Falls.

Hearst Castle

Hearst Castle

Want to see an American castle? There aren’t too many here in the USA so take advantage, and visit the world-famous Hearst Castle. William Randolph Hearst started to build this estate on his ranchland overlooking the village of San Simeon in 1919. Hearst is mainly known as an American businessman, newspaper publisher, and politician back in the day. He brought over historical art from Europe and created this fantastic castle.

I enjoyed my time touring the castle and my favorite part was the stunning pool as shown in the photo above.

You can book advanced reservations for Hearst Castle Here

Final Thoughts On Big Sur Trip

Thanks for reading all about the ultimate road trip to Big Sur. Check out some of my other California posts:

  • 21 Fun Things To Do In Death Valley National Park
  • Best Things To Do In Mammoth Lakes, California
  • The Ultimate Channel Islands Camping Guide
  • The Perfect 2-Day Joshua Tree Itinerary
  • 8 Fun Things To Do In Visalia, California

big sur day trip itinerary

new on the shop

The ultimate camping trip planner.

Our camping trip planner helps you stay organized and plan all aspects of your adventure so that you can conquer new territories with ease.

Pin For Later: Visiting Big Sur

big sur day trip itinerary

Similar Posts

Where To Stay In Big Bend National Park | 9 Best Lodging Options

Where To Stay In Big Bend National Park | 9 Best Lodging Options

26 Best Waterfalls In Washington State

26 Best Waterfalls In Washington State

The 19 Absolute Best Mt Rainier Hikes

The 19 Absolute Best Mt Rainier Hikes

The Ultimate Guide To Snowshoeing Mt Rainier National Park

The Ultimate Guide To Snowshoeing Mt Rainier National Park

Where To Stay in Banff National Park – Best Hotels, Resorts & Campgrounds

Where To Stay in Banff National Park – Best Hotels, Resorts & Campgrounds

The Ultimate Columbia River Gorge Waterfalls Road Trip

The Ultimate Columbia River Gorge Waterfalls Road Trip

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Budget Travel Buff

The Ultimate Guide to Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary with 13 Stops

96 miles along the coastline of California sits the jaw-dropping, speechless, and the most majestic paradise land called Big Sur. It is a Spanish word, meaning ‘ el país grande del Sur ’ which means it is a Country of the South. It is the prettiest coast with winding highways, steep rocks, small clips, scattered vegetation, with the Pacific Ocean and indigo blue horizon. 

If you are planning for your Big Sur road trip then a solid plan is necessary; no worries, I will guide you to the best places to stop and explain to you which places are worth visiting. Views from Monterey , Carmel, and San Simeon, Santa Lucia Mountains, border, beach coves, and blue sky are enough to bring tears in your eyes, obviously in a good way. 

This post may contain affiliate links. If you buy something through one of those links, you won’t pay any extra penny, but I’ll get a small commission that encourages me to deliver more helpful content for you.

So, if you are planning to come to this fairyland then check out my Big Sur itinerary, to explore the best hiking trails, hidden gems , scenic places, and everything beautiful in this region. In this guide, I will critically outline things to know, where to stay, how to get there, and of course the whole Big Sur itinerary!  

Big Sur Day Trip Itinerary:

Big Sur is not a village, town, or city; it is a stretch of coastline in California. It is 90 miles between the town of Carmel in the north and San Simeon to the south. It encompasses stunning views of mountains, the Blue Ocean, rugged cliffs, and pure natural beauty. 

In central California, this place is a paradise for explorers. Whether you are searching for a honeymoon spot in California , beautiful California hot springs , or a place to spend ‘me-time’, Big Sur has everything to offer. It’s the place for photographers, swimmers, food lovers, and nature lovers. 

Big Sur Itinerary : When to Visit Big Sur? 

For perfect enchanting weather and sunny days, April and September are the best times to visit Big Sur. It is the peak season and you will find huge crowds all over everywhere. Big Sur is gifted with foggy mornings and brings sunshine during the day. 

But if you don’t want lots of company and enjoy in peace or want to gift McWay Falls all to yourself then visit Big Sur in October and November. The fog is gone by early Fall, and you can encounter beautiful wildflowers blooming, and colorful butterflies.

From November to March, it is winter and you can expect even fewer people, but unless you are a pro driver or have an experienced person with you then I would suggest dropping the idea because due to heavy rainfall and mudslides, driving can be tricky. 

How to Get to Big Sur?

Big Sur Coast Highway is a part of California State Route 1 along the Pacific coast. This region is considered as one of the impressive driving routes in the United States

Flying: 

For a perfect Big Sur vacation , you can fly either to Norman Y. Mineta San Jose airport, San Francisco airport, or a small airport in Monterey. If you are an international traveler then San Francisco airport will be a good choice, because the tickets here are cheap but you will miss those scenic natural beauties on the way. I prefer driving from San Jose .  

Related : 10 Epic Ways to Find Cheap Flight Deals

Big Sur road trip:

Taking the airport to the starting point, from San Jose to Big Sur it will take one and half hours, and from San Francisco, you have to drive two and half hours to reach Big Sur. 

If you are looking for a San Francisco to Big Sur day trip then drive down the Pacifica and Half Moon Bay. I would recommend you to start from Sand Dollar Beach and drive over Nacimiento-Fergusson road into Jolon. 

From Monterey Regional Airport, Big Sur is 31 miles away. The road trip offers the most beautiful woodsy, rustic, and retro environment you can think of. 

If you are looking for a long Big Sur road trip itinerary then you can also drive from Los Angeles. Los Angeles to Big Sur will take you five hours which will add different adventures to your road trip story. Don’t forget to check out the ultimate road trip packing list before hitting the road.

How to Get around Big Sur? 

Once you reach Big Sur you can rent a car for yourself from rental cars or other websites to explore Big Sur at your own pace. You can also avail bus, public transport, the Monterey-Salinas Transit System’s Route 22 bus to go around Big Sur. 

The weather in Big Sur is never too hot-hot; the temperature is mild and perfect for trips. It is cool and the mountains nearby make it beautiful. You won’t need -5 degree jackets but a deni m jacket is required. So, the quintessential Pacific Coast Highway drive is amazing.

I would recommend downloading offline Google Maps before starting your journey. Here is the list of our top recommended travel apps that must be downloaded to your smartphone.

Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary

Phew! Now let’s get into the Big Sur itinerary.

If you are planning a trip to Big Sur road then you can start either from the north or from the south. I prefer north to south (starting from Carmel to San Simeon). The scenic beauty with incredibly breathtaking views, unspoiled coastline, and natural diversity in this region is eye soothing. So, here is my recommendation for 3 days in Big Sur, listed in order from North to the south to explore. 

Day 1 in Big Sur

Stop 1: Carmel-by-the-Sea

Starting from Carmel-by-the-Sea, this charming small quaint seaside town has so much to offer . It is packed with amazing locally owned shops, small restaurants, beautiful cafes, cozy cottages, and many art galleries. I would recommend you should stay here for one day or spend a few hours strolling the main streets, boutiques, and art galleries. 

If you are here you should visit the Thomas Kinkade Gallery, Mission San Carlos Borromeo de Carmelo, Comstock Cottages, and the gorgeous Carmel Beach and spend a few hours there. You can walk along the beach or take part in water activities like swimming, or surfing. You should fill your tank, collect some snacks and reward yourself with wonderful food from Bicyclete or TreeHouse Café. 

Stop 2: Point Lobos State Natural Reserve

Distance from Carmel-by-the-Sea to Point Lobos State Natural Reserve is 15 minutes.

Point Lobos State Natural Reserve is considered one of the best Big Sur hiking trails with unique natural beauty. It offers you the best coastal view and sweeping views of the Pacific. The natural reserve is about 5.36 square miles and is home to seals, sea otters, pelicans, and sea lions. You should also explore China Cove, Bird Island, and Whaler’s Cove. 

Go hiking to South Plateau Trail, South Shore Trail, Sea Lion Cove, Lace Lichen Trail for the best magnificent views. You can also hike the 5-miles Point Lobos Loop Trail to witness the gorgeous nature. These are some of the most beautiful hiking trails in Point Lobos State Natural Reserve.

Read Hiking Gear Reviews:

  • 15 Most Affordable Hiking Shoes: Buying Guide
  • 14 Best-Quality Winter Hiking Jackets for Men and Women
  • The Best Hiking Shorts for Men and Women: Buyer’s Guide
  • 10 Best Routers to Carry while Traveling the World
  • 10 Best Laptops for Travelers and Bloggers
  • It charges a $10 entry fee
  • Dogs are not allowed in the state reserve

Stop 3: Garrapata State Park

Distance from Point Lobos State Natural Reserve to Garrapata State Park is 7 minutes.

If you are visiting Big Sur during the weekend then Garrapata State Park is a must-visit place. Over 4.6 square miles sits these unexplored places which offer an epic view of the Pacific Ocean and an incredible experience to cheer. It has a nice hiking trail; I recommend you climb 50 feet to get the best view of the place. 

You can hike Soberanes Canyon Trail, Garrapata Bluff Trail, or Calla Lily Valley to witness sea otters, seals, and migrating birds. You will also see passing waterfalls, redwood trees, Whale Peak, and gorgeous wildflowers. 

Tip : For dog-friendly hikes in Big Sur , Garrapata State Park is a great place. But only on-leash dogs are allowed.

Stop 4: Kasler Point

The distance from Garrapata State Park to Kasler Point is 7 minutes.

To witness incredible coastal vista with mountains and green flora and flowers, Kasler Point is a must-visit place. If you have less time then you can skip it but this is one of my favorite places to sit quietly and enjoy the view. 

Stop 5: Rocky Creek Bridge

Distance from Kasler Point to Rocky Creek Bridge is 3 minutes.

Rocky Creek Bridge is one of the most photogenic places in Big Sur which was built in 1932. If you are not in a rush on your Big Sur road trip, then stop here and get the wide-angle view of the mid-cost. The open-spandrel arch bridge is so impressive and you will feel like you are in Hawaii. 

Stop 6: Bixby Creek Bridge

Distance from Rocky Creek Bridge to Bixby Creek Bridge is just 1 minute

Bixby Creek Bridge was named under the name of Charles H. Bixby, a pioneer from New York who came to the California coast in 1852. There are two viewpoints and perfect for snapping photos with beautiful coasts in the background. You should check out Hurricane Point, Sea Otter Refuge, and Great Sur.

Tip : The turnout areas are very small so be cautious while traveling and make sure you are not blocking traffic at all. 

Stop 7: Andrew Molera State Park

Distance from Bixby Creek Bridge to Andrew Molera State Park is 15 minutes

In your 2 days Big Sur itinerary you should add Andrew Molera State Park. It sits on 4,766 acres of undeveloped land. It offers a beach hike to Bluffs Trail , Bobcat Trail and Coyote Flat Trail , Spring Trail, Ridge Trail , and the famous 40 foot Highbridge Falls . You can witness forest, beach, and paranormal views of redwoods, rocky coastline, and hillsides. 

  • It charges $10 entrance fee per car
  • Not accessible during high tide 
  • Tents available for camping 

Stop 8: Pfeiffer Beach

Distance from Andrew Molera State Park to Pfeiffer Beach is 40 minutes

If you are searching for a Big Sur honeymoon itinerary then sunset at Pfeiffer Beach is a must. Right across Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park lies this beautiful secluded deep purple soft sand beach with arch-shaped rock formations. After you pass the Lodge, behind the trees sits this Beach. There is a large rock formation with a large door-shaped keyhole that looks beautiful during sunset. 

  • It charges a $10 entrance fee per car
  • Have dinner at Nepenthe (13 minutes from Pfeiffer Beach) and spend the night at Alila Ventana Inn & Spa or any lodge. 

Day 2 in Big Sur

Start your second day as early as possible to explore most of these places and Big Sur activities.

Stop 9: McWay Falls

Distance from Pfeiffer Beach to McWay Falls is 30 minute

No matter what you plan, for a day in Big Sur visiting McWay Falls is a must. After the 0.65 miles along the McWay Fall trail, you can witness water gushing out from the cliff which is about 80 feet tall. The sight of pristine water with vibrant nature makes it soothing to the eye. The yellow-green wildflowers around make it amazing! You can also hike towards Mcway Canyon and McWay Creek. 

Stop 10: Limekiln State Park

Distance from McWay Falls to Limekiln State Park is 20 minute

Limekiln State Park acquires 711 acres of land and offers the best view of Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary and the Big Sur coastline. This park draws visitors for its calming nature and unique atmosphere along with the redwoods. You can also hike to the 100-foot single-drop Limekiln Falls and also witness the history in front of your eyes! It is said that lime kilns are used to extract lime to make it concrete. I would recommend you to include this place in your Big Sur one-day itinerary.

Tip : It charges a $10 entrance fee 

Stop 11: Sand Dollar Beach

Distance from Limekiln State Park to Sand Dollar Beach is 13 minute

If you are searching for a gorgeous beach in Big Sur then Sand Dollar Beach has to be the one. The buffs, interesting rock formations, and long walks along the 7 miles shoreline are relaxing and perfect for couples! It is also a popular spot for beachcombing and surfing. You can hike a short trail to reach the end and witness the quiet beach from a distance. I would recommend you to drive here for the sunset views. 

Tips :  

  • You can hike to an unexplored beautiful spot called Jade Cove from Sand Dollar Beach. Jade boulders along the ocean are the most beautiful sight to behold. 
  • It charges a $10 entrance fee 
  • Keep an eye on the tide schedules – the best time to visit is during low tide. 
  • It takes 100 steps or so to access the beach, so if you find it hard to walk then it will be a little difficult. 

Stop 12: Ragged Point Scenic View

Distance from Sand Dollar Beach to Ragged Point Scenic View is 26 minute

Include Ragged Point in your Big Sur weekend itinerary to witness the gorgeous seaside and hiking trails. The 0.8 miles hike to Ragged Point Cliffside Trail will lead you to the Black sand beach and Black Swift Falls (300-foot fall). This place is famous for the Ragged Point Inn, so I would recommend you if you have time then spend a night and treat yourself to stunning views and delicious food. 

Stop 13: Elephant Seal Vista Point

Distance from Sand Dollar Beach to Ragged Point Scenic View is 15 minutes. 

If you are a wildlife photographer or love to know about the wildlife of Big Sur then Elephant Seal Vista Point is a must-visit place in Big Sur. It is situated in San Simeon village; you can witness migratory whales and elephant seals. Bring a small travel binocular to see wildlife upclose.

During breeding seasons, in April, you will find them on the beach sand rolling, resting, or birthing. There is so fee to enter, therefore, park your car and walk along a wooden platform to reach this amazing beach. 

What to Do in Big Sur?

While the above-mentioned places are a must to include in the Big Sur weekend getaway itinerary, there are some other gems that I would recommend you to explore if you have time in your hand. These worthwhile places are – Paso Robles , La Cuesta Encantada, Big Sur Taphouse, Henry Miller Memorial Library, Piedras Blancas Light Station, and Point Sur State Historic Park . Indeed, the Big Sur road trip itself is an enriching experience. 

Where to Stay in Big Sur?

In this Big Sur itinerary , you will find different styles of accommodation, from budget-friendly luxury resorts, hotels to adventurous camping options. For camping, choose Fernwood Campgrounds and Pfeiffer State Park . 

Recommended Read : 10 Best Places to Camp in Southern California

Here are two hotels which have friendly staff, modern features, and amenities, and I would suggest booking any of these for a comfortable stay.

  • Big Sur Lodge : From Monterey Peninsula Airport, it is 37.4 km and offers an outdoor pool, a restaurant, and a bar. The rooms are spacious and have received 4 stars. 
  • Fernwood Resort : It is 36 km From Monterey Peninsula Airport and offers a comfortable room with mountain views and a Pacific ocean view. 

If you are a budget traveler, check out our crazy tips on how to book cheap accommodations .

Where to Eat in Big Sur?

After a Big Sur road trip or exploring Big Sur for the whole day you need good delicious food. Big Sur isn’t a cheap place. But can you stop eating? Therefore, you can choose any of these places to enjoy your dining experience and surprise your taste buds. These are –

  • Deetjen’s: With English décor and a cozy fireplace they serve the best eggs benedict, homemade granola, and seafood. 

2.  Nepenthe: It offers the best view of the Santa Lucia Mountains and the Big Sur coast and serves roast chicken, beef steaks, and Ambrosia burgers. 

What to Pack for Big Sur?

  • Active wears because you need them for outdoor hiking, swimming, and biking. 
  • Good quality waterproof hiking boots and hiking jacket . 
  • A sturdy colorful flip flops
  • A sun hat and sunglasses. 
  • A water-based sunscreen
  • A light jack or a turtle neck warmers for the evening, because the temperature can fall by 4-5 degrees 
  • A raincoat and an umbrella 
  • Get the best synthetic shorts that dry soon and other basic tops

Big Sur Travel Tips:

  • Hotels and restaurants in Big Sur are expensive. Therefore, camping and roadside eateries like cafes are relatively cheap . Staying at Carmel-by-the-Sea and Monterey are very cheap compared to Big Sur. 
  • The weather in Big Sur changes frequently . In summers it will be foggy, and windy in the morning. Sometimes it rains for the whole day or sometimes it feels so chill. Therefore, check the temperature and weather conditions before visiting. 
  • There is no mobile service available on the Big Sur Highway 1 , so be smart and download the offline Google map. 
  • Before visiting any hiking trail, check their website for their open or closure information . 
  • Fill your tank and also carry petrol with you because you will only find gas stations in Monterey, Carmel and Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park. There is no gas station before that.

FAQ – Big Sur Itinerary

1. how many days do you need in big sur.

A : I would recommend you to spend 2-3 days in Big Sur to explore the hiking trails, beaches, and beautiful towns. 

2. Is Big Sur safe for female solo travelers?

A : Big Sur is pretty safe for female solo travelers. It is one of the safest places to travel alone in the US . 

3. Is Big Sur worth the drive?

A : Big Sur is very worthy for road trips, it offers you to experience nature with a beautiful view of the Pacific Ocean, sandy beaches, towering redwoods, scary green hills, and clean air. 

4. What should you not miss in Big Sur?

A : Big Sur is one of the most scenic coastal places in California. You should visit Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park, Sand Dollar Beach, Sur Light Station, and Creek Bridge.

Similar Posts

11 best nude beaches in california to be naked and unafraid.

Looking for a sun-kissed adventure that’s liberating and exhilarating? Then welcome to the secluded and secretive as well as convenient and interesting nude beaches in California. Just imagine being topless, with your back tattoo shining as you proudly flaunt it! California has some great tattoo studies! However casting aside clothes at the shore to feel the…

12 Most Beautiful Lakes in California You Must See in 2023

California may be best known for its beautiful National Parks, award-winning wine, and gorgeous beaches, but California’s nature has so much to offer as well–and that includes some of the best lakes in California. Whatever time you visit, these California lakes offer spectacular views as well as numerous recreational opportunities like swimming, boating, fishing, and…

12 Most Dangerous Cities In California To Avoid In 2023

California, the Golden State is known for its excellent weather, picturesque locales, amazing people, and many more. But every state has merits and demerits. And California is no exception. There are both pros and cons of living In California. Not all the cities in this state are safe and sound. There are cities with huge…

13 Best & Easy Hikes In Yosemite National Park

Outdoor enthusiasts, nature observers, and granite lovers are always welcome to Yosemite National Park in California. Also, hiking up the hills to see the Yosemite sunrise or beautiful sunset spots is another great feeling you can experience. Yosemite National Park has a lot to offer! California is home to some of the most beautiful hiking…

9 Magical Secret Spots and Hidden Gems in Southern California

Southern California is a place where you will find multiple off the beaten path. These hidden gems in Southern California are usually overlooked by tourists when they step foot in there. There are plenty of natural hot springs in California and other beauties that tourists often fail to notice in the first place. However, it…

14 Best Day Trips from Santa Barbara, California

Spending some time away from the hectic schedule is a need for everyone. But it’s hard to take time out from our super busy days. However, a day trip from Santa Barbara will take away all your stress and worry. Situated in beautiful California, Santa Barbara offers a wide range of tourist spots which is…

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

  • Post published: June 14, 2020
  • Post category: USA

The Best Big Sur Itinerary for an Epic Weekend Trip

Big Sur is hands-down one of the most beautiful places in California. The rugged, mountainous terrain combined with the coastal cliff views provides the ultimate escape into nature. Check out my 2-day Big Sur itinerary to plan your trip cruising on the coastal, winding roads. Big Sur makes for an amazing weekend getaway!

big sur itinerary

This post contains affiliate links, which means that I may receive a small commission if you book through my links, at no extra cost to you.

How to Get to Big Sur

The region of Big Sur is located along the Central California coast in between Carmel/Monterey and San Simeon. It’s about a 5 hour drive from Los Angeles, or a 3 hour drive from San Francisco. My Big Sur itinerary goes from north to south. If you’re flying in, San Jose is the closest major airport – which is only 2 hours away! (and don’t forget to rent a car – you’ll definitely need it!)

Where to Stay in Big Sur

Lodging in big sur.

Lodging in Big Sur can be pricey, and you also have to book pretty far in advance to secure a spot. However – if you have the budget for it, there are some AMAZING places to stay in Big Sur that are totally worth it. One of the best places to stay is Ventana Big Sur . This adults-only luxurious resort nestled in the hillside has a gorgeous view of the coastline from their two pools.

VRBOs in Big Sur

big sur day trip itinerary

There are a few VRBOs/Airbnbs in Big Sur that would be an awesome option for a place to stay, like this Big Sur Peaceful Retreat with AMAZING panoramic ocean views throughout the house and the back deck. If you have the budget for it, staying here would be an unforgettable experience!

Camping in Big Sur

camping in big sur

On the other end of the spectrum, camping in Big Sur is always an option as well (although you’ll need to book campsites well in advance). Check out Fernwood Campgrounds, Pfeiffer State Park, and Prewitt Ridge (dispersed camping).

My FAVORITE way to experience Big Sur is to camp in a car/RV on one of the many turnouts off the PCH. This is the best view you can get, and it’s free! Just make sure the road turnout you choose doesn’t have any “no overnight parking” signs. And the best part is, you can get these super cheap relocation RV deals for as low as $1/night! Talk about a budget-friendly trip!

If you want to camp but also want the comforts of home, renting a campervan is a great option! My favorite campervan company is Travellers Autobarn . Their vans have a stove, microwave, fridge and sink, and can sleep 3 people inside of it. Also, they have unlimited miles which is something that most campervan companies don’t offer! You can pick up the van at their location in Los Angeles, San Francisco, or Las Vegas.

Hotels Outside of Big Sur

If you want to stay in a hotel but are planning more of a last-minute trip or if you are on a budget – there are some great hotel or Airbnb options in nearby Carmel-by-the-Sea or Monterey. I’ve stayed at Hotel Pacific in Monterey and it was clean, modern, and conveniently located.

VRBOs Outside of Big Sur

big sur day trip itinerary

There are plenty of great VRBO options in Carmel-by-the-Sea or Monterey. For instance, this beachfront cottage just south of Carmel that has awesome views!

Big Sur Itinerary | 2 Days

My Big Sur itinerary goes from north to south, but if you are driving up from the south you can just do my itinerary the opposite way! Check out my itinerary to plan your 2 days in Big Sur.

Big Sur Itinerary – Day 1:

1. point lobos.

big sur day trip itinerary

Your first stop on your Big Sur itinerary should be Point Lobos State Natural Reserve. This spot isn’t technically located in Big Sur, but borders it just to the north. Spend some time meandering the trails that jut out over the ocean and enjoy the sweeping views of the Pacific. You’re likely to spot wildlife here – like seals or whales – so keep an eye out and consider bringing binoculars!

2. Bixby Creek Bridge

The Bixby Bridge is one of the most iconic and highly photographed landmarks of Big Sur (and is also featured in HBO’s Big Little Lies). About a 20 minute drive down the coast from Point Lobos, the Bixby Bridge should be your second stop on your Big Sur itinerary.

big sur itinerary

I recommend stopping for a picture before you drive over the bridge. Pull over on the turnout on the right side to start, and then check out the view from the left side as well. Gorgeous from all angles!

3. Pull Off on the Side of the Road

big sur itinerary

The drive along the PCH through Big Sur is my favorite drive in California. It’s so scenic! One of the best things to do in Big Sur is when you see a viewpoint or a turnout that you like, just pull over, hop out of your car and check it out. Some turnouts even have little dirt paths you can walk down to get a closer look!

4. Hike in Andrew Molera State Park

Looking for a hike to do in Big Sur? Andrew Molera State Park is the first state park you will come across from the north end of Big Sur. There are quite a few awesome trails to choose from. If you don’t have a ton of time, check out the easy 2-mile beach trail. There’s only a few spots where you can actually get down to the beach in Big Sur, and this is one of them. The trail takes you over a hill, across a river, and takes you out at to the driftwood beach with a dramatic coastline view!

5. Pfeiffer Beach

big sur day trip itinerary

Pfeiffer Beach is the iconic beach area in Big Sur that features a big rock formation with a hole in it. Definitely a great photo-op, especially at sunset! This beach can be a little tricky to find as it is not marked very well with signs. About 1 mile south of the Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park entrance, you’ll see an intersection for Sycamore Canyon Road on the West side (coordinates are 36.240215, -121.777226). Drive down this narrow, winding road for about 2 miles. Note that no RVs or trailers are allowed down this road. Once you reach the end, you’ll see a parking area. It’s a quick walk out to the beach from here!

Pro tip – grab a sandwich at Big Sur Deli beforehand and eat on the beach!

6. Nepenthe Cocktail with a View

big sur itinerary

A few miles south of Pfeiffer Beach you’ll find Nepenthe – a restaurant on the cliffside with an AMAZING view! It’s a pricey spot, but it’s definitely worth it to come here for a cocktail and an appetizer to end your day with a drink and a view!

Big Sur Itinerary – Day 2:

1. mcway falls.

mcway falls

McWay Falls is likely the most iconic and most-photographed spot in Big Sur. This waterfall cascades over the cliff and falls about 80 feet into the sandy cove below. No one is allowed to go down to beach, so it’s in pristine condition. To get here, head into Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park and take the 0.5 mile trail to the overlook point. It’s amazing!

2. Limekiln State Park

big sur day trip itinerary

Looking for another Big Sur hike for day 2? About 20 minutes south of McWay Falls area is Limekiln State Park, featuring Redwood Trees and a waterfall! If you’re short on time, do either the 1.5-mile Limekiln Creek Falls Trail or the 2.2-mile Hare Creek trail.

3. Sand Dollar Beach

About 12 minutes past Limekiln State Park is Sand Dollar Beach. This wide and sandy beach is a great spot to relax and have a picnic! It’s also one of the few surf spots in the area.

4. San Martin Rock

Pull off on the road turnout to view this picturesque rock offshore. Just one of the many beautiful views off the PCH in Big Sur!

Where to Go After Big Sur?

Hearst castle/paso robles.

If you’re driving through Big Sur from north to south, keep on going towards San Simeon and check out the Hearst Castle! And if you have even more time, from the Hearst Castle head east to Paso Robles for some wine tasting. Tips to plan your trip to Hearst Castle and Paso Robles

hearst castle

Big Basin Redwood State Park

If you’re driving through Big Sur from south to north, after you leave Big Sur check out Big Basin Redwoods State Park. This is the oldest state park in California! Located in the Santa Cruz mountains, this state park features HUGE redwood trees and coastal views. Definitely worth a stop!

big basin redwood state park

Big Sur Packing List

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

  • Nano Puff Jacket (packs up small and keeps you warm when it gets chilly at night!)
  • The COLDEST Water Bottle (seriously – it stays colder than Hydroflask!)
  • Hiking Boots (these are my fave)
  • REI Soft Cooler (I have this and love it!)
  • Cliff Bar Energy Chews (great to give you a boost of energy on hikes!)
  • Sony A6000 (I’m just starting to learn photography, but this is the camera I’ve been using! I love it)
  • SmartWool Hiking Socks

big sur day trip itinerary

Like what you see? Share it! Share this content

  • Opens in a new window

You Might Also Like

Read more about the article How to Have the Best Summer Weekend in Bend, Oregon

How to Have the Best Summer Weekend in Bend, Oregon

Read more about the article How to Get The Best RV Deals for an Epic Road Trip

How to Get The Best RV Deals for an Epic Road Trip

Read more about the article The Ultimate Kauai 3 Day Itinerary for First-Timers

The Ultimate Kauai 3 Day Itinerary for First-Timers

This post has 6 comments.

' src=

We followed your itinerary almost exactly for my birthday weekend trip to Big Sur in April and it was spot on! I loved it. Thank you for sharing!

' src=

Amazing! That’s great to hear. So glad you had an awesome birthday weekend there! Big Sur is one of my favorite places!

' src=

Great recommendations! I got engaged in Big Sur a couple years ago. My fiancé was flying his drone along the PCH. I turned around and he popped the question! We have the most incredible drone footage of the whole thing with those magnificent cliffs in the background.

I recommend everyone enjoy a dinner at Big Sur Bakery and breakfast at Deetjens. Also, The Henry Miller Library holds concerts on their property under the redwoods. I saw the Yeah Yeah Yeahs there once and it was incredible.

Wow! what an incredible place to get engaged! That must have been so special. Thanks for the recs – I’ve always wanted to see a concert at the Henry Miller Library – it seems like such a cool little venue!

' src=

THIS IS THE BEST! MY HUSBAND AND I JUST GOT MARRIED ON SUNDAY! WE DID A DIY RUSTIC INTIMATE BACKYARD WEDDING IN OUR NEW HOME! 🙂 WE ARE ABOUT TO LEAVE ON A ROAD TRIP TO BIG SUR TOMORROW! THANK YOU SO SO MUCH FOR THIS!

Amazing! Congrats, and have an awesome time in Big Sur!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Your One Stop Shop For Travel Planning

Big sur road trip – includes all the best viewpoints.

Have you ever wanted to travel to a destination SO bad and hyped it up SO much in your mind that when you finally got there… it didn’t live up to your expectations? Well, I am happy to say the Big Sur is not one of those places. I have been itching to travel to this area for some time now and it was more beautiful than ever expected.

It’s hard to describe the jaw-dropping, natural beauty of this corner of the world. Few places in the world have brought tears to my eyes just by looking at it ( Gorges due Verdon & Iceland being two of them), and the Big Sur has now been added to that list. I will describe the beauty and share my photos, but it truly does not do it justice. The Big Sur is one of those places that you MUST go see for yourself!

In this guide, I will outline critical things to know before planning your Big Sur road trip, where to stay, how to get there and of course… my one day Big Sur itinerary! There are so many notable stops along this coastal route, and I will explain which ones are and are not worth going to.

Spoiler alert: Most of them are worth going to! 😉

There’s a chance that this post contains affiliate links. I may receive a small commission (at no extra cost to you), that goes towards little Rosie’s dog treats!

Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary

Instagram @MyPerfectItinerary

Important Key Take-A-Ways

  • I recommend budgeting 4-5 hours minimum to complete the Big Sur to and from Carmel / Monterey.
  • Drive SOUTH for two reasons… First, all your view point turnouts are on the coastal side. If you drive north, you will have to make a left turn along a winding highway when you enter AND exit the turnout. This will take a lot longer and make your overall drive a lot more stressful. Second, driving along the side of the coast will make your drive a lot more enjoyable! Half the enjoyment of the Big Sur is the scenic drive, so you will want the best possible view.
  • Even though this is a one day Big Sur Itinerary, I would recommend staying a few days if possible. There are so many hiking opportunities along the coast, but if you want to see all the viewpoints, you won’t have enough time to do both. There are also a lot of beaches that you could easily spend the entire day at, especially Pfeiffer Beach !
  • Either print out the map of the stops , screen shot it on your phone! No one is kidding when they say there is ZERO service along the Big Sur! It is difficult to get lost considering it is one road, but you will want to have a general idea of all the stops.
  • Bring a car charger ! Like I mentioned above, you will have no service on the Big Sur so your phone will die extremely fast!
  • Don’t be in a rush when you are driving, because some of the best viewpoints I stopped at were ones with no name and no people at them. Take your time exploring and soaking in all those amazing views!
  • Before you leave Carmel / Monterey, make sure you have a full tank of gas . There is only one gas station in the town of Big Sur, but other than that.. you would be out of luck! Plus, there is no service so you would have a difficult time calling for a tow truck. You should have plenty of gas if you start your Big Sur road trip on a full tank of gas.
  • If you are spending two days along the Big Sur, I would recommend doing all the state parks in one day so you don’t have to pay the park fees twice. If you buy one park pass for $10/vehicle, it is good for the entire day at all the state parks!
  • Be sure to read the 10 most common mistakes everyone makes when traveling to the Big Sur!

big sur day trip itinerary

Click here for my photo filters so your pictures can be edited in just ONE CLICK!

Big Sur Itinerary – Best View Points!

Highway 1 is a one lane highway that winds along the coast. Majority of the famous viewpoints are on the coastal side, so it would be best if you drove north to south, that way you make right turns in/out of the viewpoints. I am going to outline the best viewpoints starting from Carmel all the way until Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park , with bonus stops past that if you are feeling extra adventurous!

If you want even more ideas on things to see in California, be sure to check out my 7 day California Itinerary seeing everything from San Francisco to Los Angeles!

TIP: All the major view points are listed here, but I would HIGHLY recommend taking your time and stopping anywhere that looks inviting to you. There will be small, dirt pull-out areas along Highway 1 that you will be able to stop at. Just because it isn’t a “popular” stop doesn’t mean it isn’t worth stopping at! I took my time and was in no rush, so I stopped at almost every view point and did not regret it! Check out the photo below as an example of a random pull out spot!

big sur day trip itinerary

This photo was edited with my one-click presets! Click here to check them out 🙂

Here we go…

1.  Carmel

There are only a few spots for food along the Big Sur drive, so I would bring snacks for the car or make sure you fuel up on a big breakfast. Start in Carmel to fuel up with breakfast at Tuckbox , which is an adorable restaurant that looks like a snow white cottage! Tuckbox is located in downtown Carmel, between Ocean Ave and 7th.

Be sure to take some time to walk around the streets of Carmel! I am not joking when I say this is the most adorable beach town I have EVER been to! This would be a great town to grab snacks and sandwiches for the road.

Tuckbox Restaurant in Carmel By The Sea

2. Point Lobos State Park 

(Carmel to Point Lobos State Park = 15 minutes) 

Point Lobos State Park is the first, big stop on your Big Sur road trip. In this state park, you will find a few hiking trails, hidden beaches and many viewpoints to keep you busy. I did not stop here on my road trip because the park was closed, but if it is open I would definitely try checking it out.

Once you buy a park pass for $10/vehicle it will be good for all the California state parks for 24 hours!

From the pictures, this area looks truly beautiful, but I think there are so many gorgeous lookout points and hikes that are completely free. My recommendation is to do the entire road trip and if you still want more sights, then stop here on the way back to Carmel / Monterey.

The Ultimate Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary!

3. Soberanes Canyon / Garrapata State Park Bluff Trails

(Point Lobos State Park to Soberanes Canyon Trail = 7 minutes)

If you want to get out of the car and stretch your legs, this is the perfect spot to do it. These walking trails will give you jaw-dropping scenery of the coast and wildflowers. You probably only need to spend 30 minutes or so here at the most, just don’t forget your camera to capture all the perfect photo opps!

Want to know what’s in my camera bag that took all of the beautiful photos on this guide? Click here to check it out !

P.S. This is where my Fiancé and I took our engagement photos because the coast line here is, WOW!

big sur day trip itinerary

4. Calla Lilly Valley

(Soberanes Canyon Trail to Calla Lilly Valley = 3 minutes)

Next up, Calla Lilly Valley! This will be a beautiful valley of wild lillys that give you a peek-a-boo shot of the ocean. This area is only in bloom in the spring (Late February – Early May), but the views are still beautiful either way.

If you are traveling to the Big Sur in spring, this will be a spot you do not want to miss!

You can also access this valley from Stop #5, Garrapata State Beach! If you park at the beach and walk north along the beach, it will open up to this gorgeous valley! 🙂

Calla Lily Valley Big Sur

4. Garrapata Beach

(Calla Lilly Valley to Garrapata Beach = 2 minutes)

If you are stopping at Calla Lilly Valley, then you should stop at Garrapata Beach as well since they are practically in the same parking lot! This long stretch of beach is one of the few places along the Big Sur with actual beach access (since most of the coast is rugged cliffs).

There is Garrapata State Park and Garrapata Beach, which are NOT at the same location! So be sure not to get those confused! If you are crunched on time, I would definitely choose the beach since you will get to see beautiful wildflowers in the spring / summer and take the scenic trail down to the beach.

Garrapata Beach along the Big Sur in California

4. Rockey Creek Bridge

(Calla Lilly Valley to Rockey Creek Bridge = 5 minutes)

If you’ve ever seen pictures of the Big Sur, you will quickly notice Bixby Creek Bridge. Rockey Creek Bridge is a smaller version that is directly before Bixby Creek Bridge. You will see a ton of people stopping at this Rockey Creek thinking it’s Bixby Creek, but if you drive just another 2 minutes down Highway 1, you will see the even bigger and more impressive Bixby Creek Bridge!

I would recommend just driving right through this one and make your next stop point Bixby Creek Bridge instead!

5. Bixby Creek Bridge

(Rockey Creek Bridge to Bixby Bridge = 2 minutes)

Bixby Creek Bridge is one of the most photographed spots along the Big Sur and for good reason! There are two viewpoints on either side of the bridge, so I recommend stopping on the coastal side of the bridge on your way south, and then stopping on the inland side on the way back to your hotel in Carmel / Monterey. If you don’t plan on staying in Carmel / Monterey, you can easily cross the street to check out both viewpoints without having to move the car.

TIP: This very tiny parking lot can get very busy! I would highly recommend doing your entire Big Sur road trip early or during a weekday because this coastline gets PACKED!

Bixby Creek Bridge on Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary

Inland View

Bixby Creek Bridge - Located along the Big Sur, California

Coastal View

Want to know what makes a good photo GREAT?! The edits! This picture was edited with my one-click presets !

6. Lunch at Big Sur River Inn 

(Bixby Bridge to Big Sur River Inn = 20 minutes)

This was one of my favorite experiences on my Big Sur road trip! In the very tiny town of Big Sur, there is a restaurant/bar/hotel called Big Sur River Inn . I recommend ordering your food to-go from the restaurant (just tell them that you want to eat it on the river) and eat your lunch on the stream! They have chairs set up so you can sit in the river with just your feet getting wet.

If you don’t want to sit in the river, they also have large grass areas under the trees that line the river, perfect for a picnic!

Recommended Read: 10 BIG mistakes to Avoid when traveling to the Big Sur!

Big Sur River Inn Lunch

7. Pfeiffer Beach

(Big Sur River Inn to Pfeiffer Beach = 10-15 minutes)

Listen up because everyone misses this turnoff! After you pass the Lodge, there will be a turnoff on the coastal side that is hidden by trees. There are no signs that tell you what the turnoff leads to, but it will be a sharp right turn (practically a u-turn) that will take you downhill to Pfeiffer Beach .

After you drive a little ways downhill, you will be greeted by a park ranger who warns you about the winding and narrow drive down to the beach + the $10 entry fee per car. I would highly recommend going down to the beach because it was my favorite spot and well worth the $10 entry!

The beach is very large and even when it’s busy, you won’t have an issue finding a corner to enjoy for yourself. This beach is well known for the cove that is protected by large rock formations, one with a large “keyhole.” You can park yourself on the beach and watch the waves crash through the hole!

Key Hole Rock on Pfeiffer Beach on Big Sur Road Trip

8. Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park – McWay Falls

(Pfeiffer Beach to Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park = 30 minutes)

You will see plenty of signage for this area and there will be a large parking lot. There is a self-pay station for parking at the entrance of the parking lot, but I don’t think its necessary to pay the $10 if you plan to quickly look at the viewpoint. If you want to do longer hikes in this area, you will probably need to suck it up and pay the $10 for parking. BUT, I did not see a single park ranger wandering the area, so up to you! 😉

This area is known for the scenic cove that has an 80 foot waterfall flowing out of the green cliff. When you get there, I recommend doing the popular overlook trail that will take you to the viewpoint of the beach + waterfall! This is an extremely easy, 0.6 mile hike that is well-trafficked and wheel-chair accessible.

Something I did not know before going… You can not hike down to the beach or swim in this area . It is extremely prohibited for being very dangerous and harmful to the environment. This is one of the most common mistakes people assume about the Big Sur! You can read the other 9 mistakes here!

McWay Falls on Big Sur Road Trip

9. Carmel Beach for Sunset Picnic

(Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park to Carmel = 1 hour and 15 minutes)

If you start this road trip around 10am, you will have plenty of time to do everything on this guide + make it back to Carmel for a sunset picnic on the beach. I would recommend getting a box of pizza from Little Napoli , a bottle of wine (don’t forget a wine opener + cups), and a beach blanket  to watch the sunset on Carmel Beach.

Fun Fact: Did you know you can legally drink on the beach in Carmel!?

That was all the stops on my 4-5 hour Big Sur Road trip + some! I stopped at many random view points that did not have a specific name, and those ended up being my favorite pictures for the entire trip!

Beach Picnic on Carmel Beach Big Sur Road Trip

!!BONUS STOPS!!

There are more stops south of Julia Pfeiffer Burns, but then you will be veering away from the 4-5 hours I promised you! If you are feeling adventurous, OR you plan to stay in a city south of these viewpoints (like San Simeon, Santa Barbara, or LA), here are more stops south of McWay Falls:

  • These scenic hot springs are on private property, only open to the public from 1am – 3am… yes AM.. Like the middle of the night LOL!
  • Ragged Point (1 hour from McWay Falls)
  • Piedras Blancas Light House (1 hour and 20 minutes from McWay Falls)
  • Elephant Seal Vista Point (1 hour and 20 minutes from McWay Falls)
  • Hearst Castle (1 hour and 25 minutes from McWay Falls)
  • OR go all the way down the coast to Los Angeles to check out Knott’s Berry Farm or Disneyland! Be sure to stop by Santa Barbara for lunch! 🙂

TIP: If you have more time and want to see more of California, be sure to check out my 7 day California itinerary for ideas on things to do from San Francisco to Los Angeles! Or if you want to see both the mountains and the coastline, you can head inland to spend Two Days in Yosemite National Park !

What is the Big Sur?

Phew! That was already a TON of information! Are you still with me?!

The Big Sur is a stretch of coastline in California known for the ragged cliffs, green mountains and deep blue water. While the technical length of the Big Sur runs from San Francisco to Los Angeles, the well-known viewpoints are in central California, roughly 35 miles in length.

Highway 1 (also known as the Pacific Coast Highway) bends along the edge of the coast, making not only the view points scenic, but the entire drive! As you wind down the coast, there will be plenty of viewpoints to pull over at and state parks to drive through (more on that later).

If you want to explore from San Francisco to Los Angeles, be sure to check out my 7 Day California Road Trip itinerary !

big sur day trip itinerary

Best Time to go to the Big Sur?

Is there a bad time to go to the Big Sur? No, not really. California weather is consistent year round, and that is why it’s such a popular place to live!

I’ve gone in a few different seasons now and they definitely all have their perks! In late summer / early fall, the weather is much warmer. Which is really nice if you plan on hanging out on the beaches. In the spring months, there are wildflowers blooming everywhere!

If you want to avoid crowds, I would travel in the winter months either before or after the holidays. I traveled in early fall and had the most amazing weather and the crowds were minimal, so again… I don’t think there is a bad time to start your Big Sur road trip.

Unfortunately, The Big Sur is known for having cloudy and foggy weather year round. Consider yourself extremely lucky if you do the drive on a sunny and warm day! Either way, I think the fog gives it an extra magical feel to it, and would love to go back on a cloudy day.

Am I crazy for saying that?! OH WELL!

BIxby Creek Bridge along the Big Sur in California

Instagram: @MyPerfectItinerary

How to get to the Big Sur?

Flying: .

The two closest major airports are San Jose (1 1/2 hour drive) and San Francisco (Under 2 1/2 hour drive). If you are flying international, San Francisco will likely be your least expensive option, but driving through San Francisco is not pleasant. If you can swing it, I would highly recommend flying into San Jose instead because it will cut down your non-scenic drive time & you can avoid driving through the CROWDED traffic of San Francisco.

There is also a small airport in Monterey, which you will most likely have one or two stops! 

Driving: 

If you are driving from wherever you live (or maybe a major city like San Francisco or Los Angeles), you will want to make Carmel or Monterey your starting point. These neighboring, coastal towns are both adorable starting points on your Big Sur day trip.

Where to stay in Big Sur?

There are three areas I recommend for staying along the Big Sur: Monterey, Carmel and Big Sur.

Monterey is a relaxing, slow-paced coastal town in Northern California. Most known for the HUGE Monterey Bay Aquarium and hit TV show, Big Little Lies . Being less than 30 minutes from the start of the Big Sur, this is a great hub for someone who wants to see the Big Sur during the day, but still have a fun nightlife.

In this town, you will find plenty of touristy attractions to keep you busy, SO many wine bars (seriously.. every few stores will be a wine bar), and scenic views on every corner. Even though Uber/Lyft are easy to come by in Monetery, I would recommend staying at a hotel that is within walking distance of all the nightlife. Here are my three recommendations broken down by Budget, Average and Luxury:

Budget: HI Monterey Hostel is located in a prime location, right next to Cannery Row on the water. For less than $50/ night, the price can not be beat!

Average: Colton Inn is an adorable place to stay with clean rooms, outdoor seating for breakfast, and fresh flowers on the railings. What I noticed about my time in Monterey was the abundance of small Inns!

Luxury: Monterey Plaza Hotel & Spa is pure luxury! Situated near Cannery Row, it has the perfect location and perfect views to match! This is a popular spot for weddings and events because every inch of this place is absolutely gorgeous.

Airbnb: If I ever have a group bigger than 2 people, I always stay in an Airbnb! I love getting that sense of living in a place when I travel. If it’s your first time using Airbnb, click here for a $40 credit to use towards your booking !

Psssst…. I ended up staying in Monterey to do a day trip to the Big Sur. If you plan to do the same, I have a quick guide on traveling to Monterey here !

Carmel-by-the-sea is an adorable area with store-front shops, large stretches of beaches, wine bars on every corner and great shopping (not just touristy shopping, but cute boutiques!).

If I had to choose between Monterey and Carmel, I would choose Carmel because the beaches are out of this world! Regardless of where you choose, Carmel and Monterey are only a 10 minute drive away from each other, so I encourage you to see both and decide for yourself!

Budget: Carmel Oaks is located in a great spot, downtown Carmel, where the restaurants and shops are. Rooms are clean with all-white bedding… Don’t beds look 10x more inviting with white bedding!?

Average: The Colonial Terrace is a unique property only one block from the beach. It has a homey feel to it with free breakfast, coffee served all day, and freshly baked cookies in the lobby! Instead of staying in a large, chain hotel, this is an older building that has rooms in individual cottages.

Luxury: La Playa Carmel is a large property with beautiful gardens and luxurious rooms. Situated only a few blocks from Carmel Beach and walking distance from all the shops and restaurants. This hotel is so beautiful, it will be tempting to skip the Big Sur and just stay here all day!

If you plan to spend a few days exploring the Big Sur, or just want to be right in the middle of the nature, I would recommend staying in the town of Big Sur. You will be right in the middle of the Big Sur viewpoints and will save a lot of driving time to see the sights.

The only downside to the Big Sur is there is ZERO service and no nightlife. If you like to go out and explore at night, I would recommend staying either in Carmel or Monterey.

Budget: Camping grounds   are abundant in this area and will be your cheapest option by far. If you want to be completely disconnected, surrounded by nature and close to all the famous sites, this will be your best option! There are many camp grounds along Highway 1, you can read all about them here.  If you want more details on what camping is like along the Big Sur, I found this guide very informative too!

Average: Big Sur River Inn   is located along the creek, right in the middle of town. It has a restaurant, pool and full bar but book in advance because this place sells out FAST. Even if you don’t stay here, I still recommend stopping here for lunch on your Big Sur Road trip (more on that later) .

Luxury: Ventana Big Sur Resort is UNREAL. Situated on top of the mountain, you have incredible ocean views while still being in the forest. All of the rooms are luxurious and the restaurant has an outstanding deck with ocean views. Of course, this level of luxury comes with a price tag to match though!

What to Pack for the Big Sur?

Sunblock packets: Most of the viewpoints along the Big Sur will not be shaded. You will be hiking down to beaches, walking along sunny cliffs, and standing in the sun to capture the view! It’s important that you not only apply sunblock before you go, but bring sunblock packets in your purse! These babies are the size of a ketchup packet and are SO convenient for re-applying throughout the day. You can check them out here !

Camera: This is probably the most important things to bring on your Big Sur day trip! A good, reliable and lightweight camera will make the quality of your photos last for years to come. Do you ever look back on old I-Phone photos and cringe at how blurry they were?! You don’t want to do that with all these photos of this amazing location! My camera that I use is extremely affordable and one of the smallest DSLR’s that Canon makes (so, you can fit it in your bag and it won’t be too heavy). Click here to see what’s in my Camera bag!

Gopro to record the drive: I have a Gopro and I am STILL kicking myself for not thinking of this before I left! You can stick the GoPro on the front window and record the jaw-dropping drive. This is also great if you plan to hike down to the beaches because it is completely waterproof! Click here for the GoPro that I have .

Beach Blanket: This is crucial to bring if you plan to spend any time on the beaches or enjoying the viewpoints. Plus, it’s a great prop to give your photos that extra pop! Click here for a cute beach blanket .

Big Sur Q&A’s

What is the best time of year to visit the Big Sur?

Is there really a wrong time?! I don’t think you can go wrong! Early fall has historically sunny weather, but in the spring you will see all the flowers blooming. I have a full section above on what I think is best, but in all honestly.. I don’t think there is a bad time to travel to the Big Sur.

Can you drive through Big Sur?

Absolutely! Big Sur is a coastal drive along Highway 1 in California. Along this scenic drive, you will pass famous view points and state parks such as Point Lobos State Park, Bixby Bridge, Pfeiffer Beach, McWay Falls, Hearst Castle and more! You can also stop in the town of Big Sur for gas, snacks or to eat at the few restaurants.

How long should you spend in Big Sur?

4-5 hours would give you plenty of time to stop at all the sights and soak in the extraordinary views. You could easily spend multiple days relaxing at the beaches, hiking along the many trails, and stopping at the scenic viewpoints.

Where should I stay when visiting Big Sur?

Monterey, Carmel or Big Sur will be your three best options for your Big Sur road trip! Monterey and Carmel are neighboring coastal towns at the start of the Big Sur that have more options for restaurants and nightlife. If you want to be disconnected and in the middle of nature, you can camp along Highway 1 or stay in the few hotels in the town of Big Sur.

Where do you fly into for Big Sur?

The closest airports are San Jose International (1.5 hours from Carmel) and San Francisco International (2.5 hours from Carmel). Regardless of the airport, you will still need to drive a little ways to get to the start of the Big Sur.

Where does the Big Sur Drive Start?

Most people begin their drive in Carmel, the first major viewpoint is Point Lobos State Park.

Can you swim at McWay Falls?

NO you can not swim at McWay Falls or hike down to the beach. It is strictly prohibited and extremely dangerous. The Overlook trail is a great way to see the falls – only an easy 0.6 mile hike.

That’s a wrap! Your Big Sur vacation is going to be unforgettable and I am so excited for you to experience this beautiful piece of the world. I would go as far to say my Big Sur road trip was the best road trip I have EVER done (sorry Iceland , your spot has been taken!) . I stayed in Monterey and did a day trip, but if you plan to drive only down the coast, you will still see all these same view points.

I hope this guide is borderline too informative, and just when you thought it was over… don’t forget your FREE map download of all the major viewpoints! && click here for more California travel itineraries! 

Thanks so much for stopping by!

Like this guide? Pin it here!

Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary

myperfectitinerary

The ultimate vegas packing list – a local’s guide, quick guide to visiting monterey, california, you may also like, a perfect weekend in scottsdale: 3 jam-packed days, best things to do in scottsdale for couples, 23 unique things to do in la fortuna..., 10 days in costa rica – explore the..., 27 things to do in buena park for..., weekend in vegas itinerary – a perfect 3..., a jam-packed capri day trip from the amalfi..., an epic 2 week italy itinerary (with amalfi..., a romantic lake como itinerary for your italian..., utah national parks road trip – 14 epic..., 33 comments.

' src=

Big Sur is absolutely so dreamy. I vaguely remember visiting here as a child but would love to make my way back now being older. I for sure want to eat at Big Sur River Inn. It seems like such a nice experience to sit along the river and just enjoy your meal. A perfect mini California road trip!

Thanks for reading Mariah! The Big Sur River Inn is such a cute spot for lunch or a picnic. On my recent visit, I ended up setting up a picnic and just hanging out by the river for most of the day!

' src=

I have always wanted to do a Cali Road Trip and Big Sur looks amazing!! I so appreciate you highlighting all the great photo spots 🙂 I love that you shared different budget level hotels/camping- this is so helpful when planning a trip. Love your photos!

Thank you so much Sara! Hope this guide inspires you to make a trip out to California! 🙂

' src=

Big Sur has been on my bucket list for so long!! And honestly, I have never heard of Pfeiffer Beach until now. It looks insanely beautiful! Thank you for creating a comprehensive guide that provides information about everything I need to know for an epic road trip, including where to stay, when the best time to go is, and what to pack!

That beach is my absolute favorite! Just be prepared to go early to get a spot since parking fills up fast! 🙂

' src=

This is such a great guide. Awesome that you included even the places where to stay!

Thanks for reading Nathalie! 🙂

' src=

Heading there with my husband and son next week and came across your blog which is exactly what I need, especially since we’re staying in Carmel! Having been born and raised in So Cal, it’s been on my bucket list to visit Julia Pfieiffer park and the coastline surrounding it. Looking forward to utilizing your map and these great suggestions! Thank you!

So happy you found the guide useful! I hope you have the most amazing trip 🙂

' src=

Great content, thanks alot for this great guide. I was willing to visit Big Sur and will definitely visit the spots you mentioned.

That’s great! So happy you enjoyed the guide, thanks for reading!

[…] you like California cliff-side towns, be sure to plan a road trip down the Big Sur! You can drive all the way from San Francisco to Carlsbad for all of the beautiful California […]

[…] perfect place to relax and unwind! Whether you are making this your main event or staying here to visit the Big Sur, this guide will outline everything you need to know before traveling to […]

[…] you want to extend your road trip from Las Vegas into California, be sure to check out my Big Sur Road Trip, California Road Trip Itinerary 7 Days, and 4 Days in San Diego […]

[…] Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary […]

[…] Big Sur Road Trip […]

[…] Day three will consist of driving from San Francisco to Monterey or Carmel-by-the-sea. These two neighboring, coastal towns are the beginning of the Big Sur! You will want to stay the night here so you have a full day enjoying your Big Sur Road Trip.  […]

[…] TIP: If you love beautiful cliff side views, be sure to check out my guide on driving the most beautiful coast in the USA: Big Sur Road Trip! […]

' src=

Awesome post. Thank you so much!

Thanks so much!! 🙂

' src=

So glad I found this guide! We were coming from the south in Cayucos, so we drove straight to Big Sur River Inn – a little less than 2 hours – for lunch IN the river (awesome!), then headed south for the overlooks on the right side of the road. So clever! Unfortunately Pfeifer and Juliet Pfeifer lots were both full, so we just used the vista points along the way and made it in plenty of time to San Simeon for our 4pm wine tasting at Hearst Ranch Winery on the beach. Fantastic day. Great tips!

Wow, that sounds like an amazing day!! 🙂 Thank you for sharing your trip! I would love to make it all the way down to Hearst Ranch Winery, next time!

' src=

Great guide! I got engaged in Big Sur just before the pandemic. It really has a dreamy romantic quality. I can see why it inspired so many writers. I recommend a stop at the Henry Miller library. Also, check out their concert and events schedule. While it’s true the little town of Big Sur doesn’t have much nightlife, The Henry Miller Library frequently holds events. A few years ago I saw the Yeah Yeah Yeahs play beneath a canopy of redwoods. Last year I enjoyed the Big Sur Food and Wine Festival.

That food and wine festival sounds amazing!! Thank you for your awesome recommendations, I can’t wait to go back and try them out!

' src=

This place looks so amazing, adding it to my bucket list. also all your photos looks so beautiful

[…] “must-have’s” for the specific itinerary. I have done SO many road trips (exhibit A, B & C), that I am confident you will regret not bringing these […]

' src=

hello i was wondering where i can find the map for Big Sur on your page? Did you do the 17 mile drive? Your post is so helpful

Hi Mandy! Just fill out the form for the map and it will be emailed to you! 🙂 I have done it before, but definitely prefer the Big Sur if you are going to do a scenic drive. I felt the 17 mile drive was a little bit of a let down to be honest!

' src=

Hi! I’ve never been to this area before. At which point would you turn around and head back to Carmel? (If you started in Carmel) Just trying to get my head around an itinerary if we were staying 2-3 days. Would we stop and stay somewhere (are there places to stay on the coastline?) or would you always go back to your starting point that day?

It really depends! I love Carmel / Monterey and typically just do Big Sur for the day but keep my home base as Moneterey or Carmel. If you want to road trip and pack / unpack your bag, you can drive down the coast and stay somewhere at the end of the Big Sur. For example, wine tasting in Paso Robles or see Hearst Castle in San Simeon / Cambria!

' src=

Agree that Hearst Castle is a must see! Harbin Springs is terrific too.

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

pws-logo-wide

Big Sur Pacific Coast Highway Road Trip 3 Day Itinerary

Disclosure Policy : Some links are affiliate links meaning I may make a small commission at no cost to you. I appreciate your support!

img_6040

A Big Sur Pacific Coast Highway road trip is one of the most classic trips you can take in the US.  Driving alongside the beautiful blues of the Pacific Ocean with gorgeous spots to hike and dine along the way is an ideal way to spend a few days in my book.

We enjoyed the region from Monterey to Carmel and ultimately down classic Highway 1 over 3 days. Read on for a helpful starting point for your trip!

Table of Contents

Things to know:

  • Driving Route 1 is very popular and so the best time to enjoy it with fewer cars would be during the week. We went on a weekday in September which worked out well.  Only occasionally were there spots we had to wait for traffic.
  • We based ourselves in Carmel and Monterey. You could also find accommodation, including camping, along the route as well.
  • The collapse of a section of Highway 1 has closed a portion of the highway.  Even though that portion was in tact when we went, we didn’t drive that far south so it’s not included in this itinerary.
  • The highway is winding so if you tend to get carsick, make sure you bring something to help with that!  We made frequent stops to enjoy the scenery which helped me.
  • To get to the Carmel area, you can fly in to SFO (1 hr, 45 min away), San Jose (1 hr, 20 min away) or else a regional airport
  • Fill up with gas before you start driving south of Carmel on the Pacific Coast Highway. There are very few gas stations en route. The one we stopped at was insanely pricey!

Where to Stay:

big sur day trip itinerary

  • The Getaway in Carmel: I can’t recommend this beautiful boutique hotel enough! It’s very well located, the rooms are gorgeous and spotless, and included in your rate is a nightly wine/appetizer hour and breakfast. Parking is also included in the lot. Note this is an affiliate link – I appreciate your support!

Important: we visited all of these Big Sur Pacific Coast Highway road trip spots pre-COVID. Make sure to check everything before you plan a visit.

Day One: Carmel

After arriving in Carmel, take some time to explore the area! We drove to Carmel after spending a few days at Lake Tahoe (the perfect add-on to this trip!). Our hotel (The Getaway) included bikes in our stay so we hopped on the bikes to check out the beach. If you’re in town on a Thursday, make sure to go to the farmer’s market ! Hours are generally 9am-12pm.

big sur day trip itinerary

There are so many great places to dine in Carmel! For lunch (or dinner), check out the incredibly popular La Bicyclette . Then check out some of the great shops in the area along Ocean Avenue. It’s so fun to just stroll the streets and pop in to the side alleys. Lastly, check out the Carmel Mission Basilica . It’s a beautiful basilica from the 1700’s. You have to pay to visit or you can walk the perimeter. I think it would be worth paying to walk the actual grounds (we just walked the perimeter since we were short on time but would love to have learned more!).

big sur day trip itinerary

Since our hotel included a wine/cheese hour, we were back at our hotel around 5pm to enjoy it while playing some games together. After this, and a bigger lunch, we decided to skip another meal tonight and just enjoyed watching the sunset at the beach. Perfect relaxing day!

big sur day trip itinerary

Day Two: Driving the Pacific Coast Highway

Enjoy a delicious breakfast spread at the hotel before setting out for the day. After breakfast, pick up sandwiches, chips and drinks from 5 th Avenue Deli to bring on your road trip!

big sur day trip itinerary

From here, start driving south on the Pacific Coast Highway for a full day of adventuring! Here are my recommendations for top stops:

  • Point Lobos State Natural Reserve : this is just south of Carmel and a beautiful area to hike for an hour or so.
  • Bixby Creek Bridge: an iconic stop on the highway.
  • Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park (this is the area we turned around and headed back north; there’s a $10 fee for a day pass which includes all state parks). This could be a quicker stop (~20-30 min).
  • Snacks/Drinks with a view at Nepenthe (it’s worth it to wait for a table with a view!)
  • There are various look out spots you’ll see along the route so feel free to stop when you want more time to savor a specific view. Those would also be great places to enjoy a picnic lunch!

big sur day trip itinerary

If you stop at all the places above and go at a leisurely pace, you’ll likely arrive back to Carmel just in time for the wine and appetizer hour. Perfect ending to your Big Sur Pacific Coast Highway day trip!

Day Three: Monterey

Monterey is just a 10 minute drive from Carmel and a great area to explore for the day! You could drive the famous 17-mile Pebble Beach drive en route. It’s $10.50 entrance per car to see the iconic views. We opted to not do this since we had just seen incredible views the day before but I know many who loved this drive.

Enjoy breakfast at First Awakenings – very centrally located and delicious food!

big sur day trip itinerary

You can walk off your breakfast by strolling along the waterside path to Lovers Point Beach. En route, you may even see some sea lions!

If you’re a fan of aquatic animals, the Monterey Bay Aquarium is one of the best aquariums to visit in the world. Otherwise, walk along Cannery Row and read the historic signs to learn more about this area.

big sur day trip itinerary

For an early dinner, check out a seafood restaurant! We didn’t have time for this as we were on to our next destination but top ranked places on my list for next time are: Monterey’s Fish House and Schooner’s Coastal Kitchen & Bar .

If you’re looking for more California ideas, read all about our Lake Tahoe Trip here .

Other us ideas can be found here ., happy planning, share this:.

  • Click to share on Twitter (Opens in new window)
  • Click to share on Facebook (Opens in new window)
  • Click to share on Pinterest (Opens in new window)
  • Click to share on Pocket (Opens in new window)
  • Click to email a link to a friend (Opens in new window)

You may also enjoy...

Ultimate Banff Itinerary

The Ultimate 8 Day Itinerary to Banff National Park and Jasper

Best Spa in Key West

11 Epic Things To Do in Key West Florida

Room & Board Living Room

A Mid Century Modern Living Room with Room & Board

Dotted Globe

5 Day Pacific Coast Itinerary: Big Sur and beyond!

big sur day trip itinerary

“Soon it got dusk, a grapy dusk, a purple dusk over tangerine groves and long melon fields; the sun the color of pressed grapes, slashed with burgundy red, the fields the color of love and Spanish mysteries.” – Jack Kerouac in ‘On The Road’

While I don’t care much for On The Road and the way it’s written, I can’t help but agree with Kerouac’s description of the beautiful California landscape.

We are following the quintessentially American Pacific Coast Highway Itinerary in 5 days and the purple sky, setting sun, wineries, and Spanish colonial mansions pass by in a blur.

As I look out, I understand why this San Francisco to Los Angeles drive itinerary is said to be one of the most scenic in the country.

Also known as California State Highway 1, this route passes through dramatic landscapes and incredible stops as it snakes its way down to Los Angeles, the city of angels. 

big sur day trip itinerary

If you are venturing down this route, I suggest renting a convertible.

The wind in my hair is the only thing missing as I press my nose against the car window, staring at the blue ocean below.

The stops on San Francisco to Los Angeles road trip itinerary are truly incredible and can make the journey last as long as you want.

You can camp, hike, surf in laid-back beach towns, stay in cozy bread and breakfasts on wineries, bike along the way, even enjoy a romantic honeymoon or birthday as you make your way down the coast. 

Also Read: Best Things to do in Washington State

This is the perfect road trip whether you are traveling with kids, family, or friends.

We recommend spending at least 3 or 4 days to enjoy the road and make this trip at a leisurely pace.

big sur day trip itinerary

San Francisco To La Road Trip Itinerary Along Pch 1

When we talk about a road trip from San Francisco to Los Angeles, we mean along the scenic PCH 1.

Actually, there are 3 routes that connect San Francisco to Los Angeles. Here’s a little information about all of them:

Along the I-5

The interstate or I-5 route is the quickest and shortest route connecting these vibrant cities on the West Coast. The distance is about 380 miles and takes roughly 6 hours.

This is the route you take when you are in a hurry to reach Los Angeles and not what we recommend in this road trip guide!

If you are making a round trip, you can use this route to return to San Francisco though we recommend the more scenic Highway 101 for your return journey.

US Highway 101

Not many people know this, but the US Highway 101 is a good intermediate option between the boring and practical I-5 and the scenic but winding PCH 1.

It partly follows the Californian coast and is 430 miles long. This route takes a little less than 8 hours.

The PCH 1 between SF and LA is the Holy Grail of beautiful road trips.

Though it is almost as long as the US Highway 101, it takes significantly longer – about 10 to 11 hours – to drive it along the central coast of California. 

However that is discounting the awesome stops along the way – some are overlooks worth stopping at for a quick look while other stops include charming seaside towns, state parks, and picturesque landscapes that need at least a day or two to explore properly. 

It is this route that we refer to in this San Francisco to Los Angeles road trip guide.

big sur day trip itinerary

San Francisco To Los Angeles Drive Itinerary Travel Tips

You can also use this itinerary in the reverse direction i.e same itinerary, Los Angeles, to San Francisco.

However, if you are traveling from the north to the south, it is easier to stop at the scenic vistas and pull-outs.

Pay special attention to your GPS or navigation apps on the route, as they will try to redirect you towards the interstate or Highway 101.

The Pfeiffer Canyon Bridge on Highway 1 collapsed in early 2017, making Big Sur inaccessible and dividing the PCH 1 into two parts. That continued for almost 18 months.

However finally in August 2018, the Big Sur region is again accessible via California Highway 1. We recently did this trip again in April 2019 and the road was great. It can happen again anytime, however, so we recommend checking before you go.

The route is easily affected by the weather. In winter, it is frequently foggy which makes for incredible vistas but also dangerous driving conditions.

After heavy rainfall, mudslides can occur along the route.

We suggest keeping an eye on weather advisories and driving slowly and cautiously. Also, we do not recommend driving the PCH 1, especially around Big Sur, at night.

Our most popular posts: 22 Best City Breaks in the USA The Best Things to do in New York on your first visit Ultimate List of Best Places to visit in the USA

The road is heavily trafficked and congested during summer weekends and major holidays.

To get an idea of the seasonal crowds, consider this: over three million tourists drive Highway 1 every year!

There is no cell service for long stretches of the Pacific Coast road trip itinerary, so print your detailed trip guide along with planned stops and hotel reservations before you go!

Spring is a great time to take this drive as the Californian landscape comes alive with vivid wildflower blooms, and the views along the Pacific Highway 1 are breathtaking.

We love driving this road from March to April.

Also Read: 24 Best Places to Visit in California in winter

The way we have written this article, we have detailed Pacific Coast Highway 4 day itinerary excluding time spent in San Francisco and Los Angeles.

You can use the extra day to see San Francisco or Los Angeles or use it to hike and explore the beautiful region of Big Sur beyond a one day trip to create your own custom Pacific Coast Highway Itinerary for 5 Days.

This route also makes for a perfect RV trip.

There are many campgrounds located along the Pacific Coast Highway and you can easily drive an RV or small campervan from San Francisco and to Los Angeles – or even better, rent a RV directly from other families for amazing deals.

big sur day trip itinerary

Pacific Coast Highway Itinerary In 5 Days

This road trip is truly for the journey than the destination. 

Don’t get me wrong, I love Los Angeles with its touristy Walk of Fame, Hollywood Sign and the mansions of Beverly Hills – BUT – Los Angeles should not be the reason you make this trip. 

After all, you can drive like a maniac down I-5 and reach Los Angeles in under 6 hours. Not that we suggest driving like a maniac at any time!

In fact, we always, and I mean always, recommend driving with caution and calling it a day before you get too tired and sleepy.

No, the reason you take this long and winding road instead is to savor the breathtaking views and enjoy the open roads.

The PCH 1 between San Fran and Los Angeles is about 9 hours long and quite lovely! 

The PCH 1 hugs the Central Coast of California and with Big Sur finally being open again in late August 2018 (it was closed for most of 2017 due to a big landslide), the road is ready to receive its share of visitors.

Our San Francisco to Los Angeles road trip itinerary is perfect for those seeking out the dense fog-shrouded roads, dappled sunshine streaming through tall trees, and the waves crashing on the cliffs below.

If poetic road trips are your dream, then this one will make you thank your lucky stars forever! 

And with that, we introduce the perfect itinerary for a road trip along California Highway 1 from San Francisco to Los Angeles.

big sur day trip itinerary

Exploring San Francisco And Renting A Car

San Francisco is your starting point for this itinerary.

The Golden Gate City is a delight to experience and perfect for exploring using your extra day i.e Day 5.

If you are flying into San Francisco, we recommend taking a couple of days to get around and find out for yourself what makes San Francisco so special. 

Also Read: Ultimate San Francisco to Big Sur Road Trip Planner

See the Golden Gate Bridge, visit Alcatraz Island, eat sourdough clam chowder soup at Fisherman’s Wharf, and drive down the twisting Lombard Street.

For an incredible experience, cycle down the Golden Gate Bridge like we did and explore the beautiful city of Sausalito.

Read our San Francisco posts now to plan this part of the trip: San Francisco 3 to 5-day itinerary ideas 17 Best Things to do in San Francisco on your first visit

You can also venture into San Jose, a trendy city with cool restaurants, cafes, and pubs.

Visit the famous Winchester Mystery House – a weird house with mysteries and haunted stories.

Drop-in into Silicon Valley to check out the headquarters of Facebook, Google, and many others.

When you are done exploring San Francisco and the surrounding area, you can rent a car for your trip down the coast.

This is a route made for convertibles, so if you can get your hands on one – don’t let it go!

Also see: 10 Best convertible road trips in the United States

Day 1: Half Moon Bay, Santa Cruz, Monterey Peninsula, 17 Mile Drive, And Carmel-By-The-Sea

Start by making a shortstop in Half Moon Bay.

Located just south of San Francisco, the town has an incredible stretch of beaches and is perfect for sunbathing, swimming, and surfing.

Other attractions in Half Moon Bay include kayaking, horseback riding, hiking among the redwoods, and wine tasting. 

The Fitzgerald Marine Reserve and its tide pools are teeming with marine life including crabs, sea anemones, sea urchins and more.

There’s actually enough to do in Half Moon Bay to warrant its own day trip but you can take a quick look around the area before you head south.

Next, we suggest stopping in Santa Cruz to check out the famous boardwalk.

The Santa Cruz beach boardwalk is a huge amusement park featuring many vintage rides including the wooden Giant Dipper roller coaster.

This is a great hit with kids of all ages and families.

The boardwalk is also a Mecca for state fair kind of foods including deep-fried Oreos, corn dogs, and cotton candy.

The nearby Santa Cruz Wharf is a great place to see sea lions.

The famous seaside town of Monterey is about 3 hours from San Francisco.

Monterey is famous for its Monterey Bay Aquarium – a huge facility with interactive exhibits and lots of marine animals and plants on display.

Monterey coast is also popular for whale watching cruises with various species being seen including blue whales, grey whales, humpback whales, and even killer orca whales.

Other things to do in the Monterey area include walking tour of the Cannery Row, seal watching and checking out the eateries along Fisherman’s Wharf.

big sur day trip itinerary

It should come as no surprise that the Pacific Coast Highway trip itinerary is full of smaller famous stretches and drives like 17 Mile Drive in Monterey.

This winding road is very popular with tourists for its scenic views and gorgeous houses.

This drive is a ticketed private road through an exclusive neighborhood but at an entrance fee of ~$10 per car, it’s well worth the visit.

The famed Lone Cypress Tree and Pebble Beach are the most well-known attractions of 17 Mile Drive.

The final stop of the day is the quaint town of Carmel-By-The-Sea, just 4 miles away from 17 Mile Drive.

This town began as an artist colony and continues to provide inspiration with its bohemian vibe and highly scenic vistas.

The town is famous for its eclectic cottages, cape-cod style homes, and fine restaurants. 

We recommend spending the night here: preferably in the Mission Ranch owned by the famous actor, Clint Eastwood.

Carmel also happens to be quite welcoming of pets; you can check out this Dog-friendly Carmel Travel Guide written by our friend Paroma who loves taking her fur baby there. 

Also Read: 12 Stunning Spots on Carmel to Big Sur Road Trip

big sur day trip itinerary

Day 2: Big Sur Highlights – Bixby Bridge, Point Sur Lighthouse, McWay Falls, Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park, And San Simeon

This day is the highlight of the drive from San Francisco to Los Angeles; consequently, no itinerary for Pacific Coast Highway can skimp on Big Sur. 

The scenic Big Sur region starts just south of Carmel and is home to many state parks, nature trails, and wilderness areas.

Big Sur stretches along for 90 miles and is great for camping, backpacking, and hiking.

We recommend stopping at all the vistas and pull-outs in this stretch to appreciate the beauty of the area.

Whatever you chose to do in Big Sur, you won’t go wrong.

big sur day trip itinerary

Start your drive by having breakfast either in Carmel or in Big Sur village.

Also fill up on gas here, preferably in Carmel, as gas further up the drive is expensive and limited. Next, you will drive along Big Sur’s popular attractions. 

We recommend checking out the Rocky Creek Bridge, the famous engineering marvel of Bixby Bridge, the charming Point Sur Lighthouse, and McWay Falls.

Pfeiffer Beach and Sand Dollar Beach are a must for beach lovers. 

We haven’t explained this information in detail here since we have already got your covered for everything in Big Sur in our Big Sur Visitor Guide .

The free guide also includes a complete list of attractions in the Big Sur area, you can read the complete article for details.

big sur day trip itinerary

San Simeon is home to the Piedras Blancas Elephant Seal Rookery, the largest in North America.

It is free to visit and open every day and is a great hit with kids and families. The rookery is located 7 miles to the north of the city.

Elephant seals can be seen year-round. From January to April, elephant seal pups can be seen in the rookery. 

San Simeon is the perfect base for touring the Hearst Castle (see more below in ‘Detours along the way’ section).

We suggest spending the night at Cayucos, popularly known as the ‘Coolest small town in America’ or in nearby San Luis Obispo.

If you have an extra day or two, spend them in Big Sur – you can camp at Julia Pfeiffer State Park or stay in the many campgrounds or inns in the area.

Day 3: Cayucos, Morro Bay, San Luis Obispo, And Pismo Beach

Cayucos is a small beach town that you can easily walk around.

Walking through Cayucos is like stepping back into time. It is a 5 block long untouched town where everybody knows each other.

Beautiful murals pop out of nowhere, antique stores are laden with stories of the past, and whales and dolphins just happen to swim past the pier in Cayucos.

Surfing is a popular activity here as is hiking among the tidepools and rocky cliffs.

big sur day trip itinerary

The charming Morro Bay town gets its name from the Morro Rock – a giant volcanic rock that juts out from the ocean near the beach.

In case you were wondering, this is the same Morro Bay referred to in the Disney movie ‘Finding Dory’.

Morro Bay is a delight to explore: the air is full of salty ocean scent and incredible marine life.

Morro Bay has a natural harbor and is home to a variety of wildlife including seals, sea lions, and otters.

The town is also full of charming restaurants and is popular with foodies.

San Luis Obispo is a hip college town with a very young and trendy vibe.

Popular daytime activities in San Luis Obispo include the Art Gallery and Mission San Luis Obispo while the town’s nightlife on Higuera Street is also worth checking out.

Another popular attraction (though we don’t really agree with the ‘attraction’ part, more like ewww..) is the Bubblegum Alley, similar to the one in Seattle.

The town also has a drive-in movie theatre which reminded us of small-town Americana.

big sur day trip itinerary

Pismo Beach should be your last stop on this day.

The beach here is perfect for spending a day swimming or soaking the sun.

This relaxed coastal town is the perfect beach getaway.

The sand dunes next to the beach here are perfect for renting an ATV and dune bashing.

Pismo Beach is also great for viewing marine life including whales, dolphins, and sea otters.

The pier and boardwalk are also worth a visit and great to catch the sunset. You can stay for the night in Pismo Beach.

Day 4: Santa Barbara, Ventura, And Malibu

Note – As a friend who lives in Los Angeles informed us, technically, the stretch of Highway 1 from Santa Barbara to Los Angeles is actually known as Pacific Coast Highway. We think this jargon as confusing and have decided to leave aside the technicalities for this post. However, if you have to be precise about it – this is the day you are driving on the PCH!

Santa Barbara has beautiful houses, romantic views of the Pacific Ocean, and sparkling beaches.

There is a lot to do in this coastal town and it provides a charming distraction to the touristy and commercial Los Angeles. 

Spend some time walking along the historic Stearns Wharf and learn more about the history of the town and the ocean.

An exhibit about the Channel Islands National Park is also present on the pier.

However, to visit the Islands you will need to take a boat ride from Ventura. 

Santa Barbara also offers many other attractions including the Zoo, Museum of Fine Arts, Maritime Museum, Museum of Natural History, and a sprawling Farmer’s market.

From Santa Barbara, you can either head straight onwards to Los Angeles or make a stopover at Ventura or Malibu.

big sur day trip itinerary

Located about 1.5 hrs away from Los Angeles, Ventura couldn’t be more different than LA.

Set amidst green hills and boasting of untouched beaches, Ventura is a hidden gem on the Pacific Coast.

Ignored by many tourists who prefer visiting Malibu, this small town has everything from art galleries, museums, restaurants, and cafes, to botanical gardens and great surfing.

The Ventura Pier is excellent for taking an evening stroll and people watching. 

Ventura is also the gateway to Channel Islands National Park, one of the less visited national parks in the country.

The Channel Islands make an off the beaten path detour on the Pacific Coast Hwy road trip.

Malibu is the famed beach town of California known for its beaches, oceanside mansions, and star-spotting – of the Hollywood variety!

Memorialized in countless movies and tv series, Malibu is a must-visit for most tourists.

We love visiting Zuma Beach and hanging out there while watching the surfers, sunsets, and seagulls. Malibu also has excellent whale watching opportunities, especially in the winter. 

This is a perfect spot to watch the sunset before you reach Los Angeles to stay for the night.

Have a drink in one of the area’s restaurants and rejoice to the most amazing road trip you have just undertaken!

big sur day trip itinerary

Day 5: Reaching Los Angeles

LA is the perfect end to the San Francisco to Los Angeles road trip itinerary.

From here you can either take a return flight to your home city or use Day 5 to explore the city of angels a bit before you leave. 

There are many amazing things to do in Los Angeles.

For Hollywood fans, you can visit the famous Kodak and Oriental Theatres, go star-spotting in Beverly Hills, take pictures with the Hollywood sign or find your favorite stars on the Walk of Fame. 

I love heading up to Griffith Observatory and window shopping in Rodeo Drive.

Many of our friends live in the area, so we also utilize our time in the city to catch up with them.

You can check out our guide to Los Angeles for perfect itinerary ideas.

This need not be the end of your trip.

You can drive along the coast all the way down to San Diego to get the complete experience of the PCH road trip.

Or you can visit Death Valley on your way to Las Vegas to extend your road trip into the Californian desert landscape and see exceptional scenery on the way.

big sur day trip itinerary

If you are making this trip in the opposite direction, you still have many options to extend your Pacific coast highway road trip itinerary.

Technically you can drive this route all the way to Portland, Oregon or even Seattle. 

Alternatively, you can drive from San Francisco to Yosemite to see the magnificent redwoods.

Or go from San Francisco to Reno and Lake Tahoe and then maybe Las Vegas? …As you can probably tell, we love stretching all our trips to accommodate Las Vegas!

The options to turn this 4-day long trip into an exciting American road trip adventure are potentially endless!

Great Detours to Add to your PCH Itinerary

While this Los Angeles to San Francisco itinerary mostly covers all the stops, there are also some amazing attractions and towns worth taking a short detour if you have more than 5 days.

Here are some of our favorite detours along the way:

Hearst Castle On The Enchanted Hill, San Simeon

If you take the detour from Cayucos to San Simeon, you will reach the famous Hearst Castle.

While the castle can be seen from Highway 1, visiting it requires a little detour.

The castle has a fascinating history. Newspaper magnate William Hearst commissioned San Francisco architect Julia Morgan to build his dream mansion and construction continued for almost 30 years. 

Visitors can view the property including the giant swimming pools on a guided tour.

The house is filled with artwork and furnishings from around the world.

The movie ‘Citizen Kane’ is based on Heart’s life and viewing the mansion is an excellent way to get a glimpse into his life.

Paso Robles

Paso Robles is Central California’s wine country capital.

Comparable to Napa Valley of Northern California, Paso Robles has world-class wineries, vineyards, and even craft breweries.

If you are interested in wine travel, Paso Robles is a must detour.

You can easily spend 2 -3 days in the area exploring the wineries, touring wine caves and checking out area’s breweries and distilleries.

Apart from its wine and spirits scene, Paso Robles is also famous for its thermal hot springs.

Carrizo Plain National Monument

Pretty at any time of the year and especially during spring, Carrizo Plain National Monument is simply unmissable during a super bloom.

The last super bloom was in 2017, we recommend keeping an eye on the news for the next super bloom and planning a visit accordingly. 

The plains are carpeted with orange poppies, yellow buttercups, and a host of other wildflowers in vivid colors and magnificent quantities.

Wildlife viewing opportunities in the natural reserve are plentiful and you can spot elks, pronghorns, coyotes, migratory birds, and butterflies. 

The monument is located about 60 miles east of San Luis Obispo and a perfect addition to the Pacific Highway 1 road trip.

Solvang makes for a great 30-mile detour from Santa Barbara. If you don’t know about the town, you are in for a pleasant surprise.

Solvang is California’s Danish Village and features pretty Danish architecture, windmills, and a holiday atmosphere throughout the year. 

We love tasting the yummy pastries and other baked goods available throughout the village and shopping for Danish souvenirs including cuckoo clocks.

Solvang also makes a great base for visiting exploring the Santa Ynez Wine Country and holds many wine-themed events during the grape harvest season.

Vineyards Of The Santa Ynez Valley

Located along the central coast of California, Santa Ynez Wine Country may not be as popular as Napa Valley but produces a vast variety of wine each year.

The best time to visit is in Fall when the harvest season begins but wine tastings and tours are available in Santa Ynez throughout the year.

While we always love spending a couple of days in Napa, Santa Ynez is the place to go for fewer crowds and cheaper wine tastings.

RESOURCES FOR PLANNING SAN FRANCISCO TO LOS ANGELES ROAD TRIP ITINERARY

Big Sur Day Trip and Beyond: Complete Travel Guide – Our detailed guide on planning a day trip or weekend getaway in the Big Sur region.

Our epic 10 day California road trip itinerary – find recommendations in where to go and what to see in the whole state

big sur day trip itinerary

Along Big Sur – The trip of a lifetime! (CC 2.0 / Foundry)

We hope you liked our post on California Coast road trip of 5 days from San Francisco to Los Angeles. Did we miss out on any road trip pit stops or attractions? Let us know in the comments.

4 thoughts on “5 Day Pacific Coast Itinerary: Big Sur and beyond!”

Lived in Southern California for over 30 years and I’m finally going on a 6 day Highway 1 road trip from Orange County to Santa Cruz next week and this helped tremendously. Thank you so much!

Great itinerary. Thank you!! I will follow this

We leave Monday for a 3 week trip to do the PCH from Idaho! This was a fabulous article- best I’ve read on here. Thank you!

I’ve lived in the Bay Area my whole life and have never done this drive in its entirety, I’m thinking of doing it this winter! Thank you for this!

Comments are closed.

Join the Newsletter: Get brand new travel guides sent directly to your inbox!

West Coast Wayfarers

Big Sur Itinerary: How to Plan an Amazing Big Sur Road Trip

Big Sur is one of the most stunning parts of California, and is popular for people who want a getaway out in nature. Visitors flock to this slice of central California paradise to hike amongst the redwood trees, enjoy the beaches, and take in the views of the beautiful rocky coastline and mountain range. On a Big Sur road trip, you’ll see an incredible diversity of landscapes.

As a California native who has spent her life traveling up and down the coast, I’m here to break down everything you need to know about visiting this area, as well as offer a 2-day Big Sur itinerary that covers the most breathtaking spots that you won’t want to miss. 

big sur day trip itinerary

Disclaimer: Some of the links in this post, like hotel and vacation rental links, are affiliate links, meaning at no additional cost to you we make a little bit of money if you click through and book. That being said, we would absolutely never recommend something to you that we don’t stand behind 100%.

Where is Big Sur

The geography of Big Sur can be a bit confusing, so here’s what you need to know about the area before you visit. 

Big Sur is a stretch of the central California coast, located between Carmel-by-the-Sea to the north and San Simeon to the south . It’s known for the rugged coastline and the beautiful Santa Lucia Mountains to the east. It’s a perfect stop along the Pacific Coast Highway , which runs from Mendocino in Northern California allll the way down to Santa Monica.

When people mention Big Sur, they are typically talking about the region, which spans over 70 miles north to south. This isn’t to be confused with the very small unincorporated town called Big Sur, which is right in the middle of the Big Sur region. Unless otherwise stated, when “Big Sur” is mentioned in this guide, we’re talking about the larger region. 

Big Sur is unique in that it consists of multiple state parks and reserves, and also has land managed by Los Padres National Forest throughout. Starting from the north, there is Garrapata State Park, Point Sur State Historic Park, Andrew Molera State Park, Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park, Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park, John Little State Natural Reserve, and Limekiln State Park. 

Highway 1 runs through Big Sur, and is the only major road in the area. There are incredible sights to see along the entire approximately 70-mile stretch, but many of the most popular sights are located in and between Andrew Molera and Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Parks. 

big sur day trip itinerary

Planning a Trip to California? We’ve got plenty of California travel guides to help you plan an amazing trip.

  • 3 Days in San Francisco: A Complete Long Weekend Itinerary
  • 14 Incredible Day Trips from San Francisco
  • How to Spend a Perfect Weekend in Los Angeles (2 Day Itinerary)
  • How to Spend One Amazing Day in Los Angeles (2 Ways!)
  • The Best Places to Stay in Los Angeles (An L.A. Local’s Guide)
  • A Perfect Weekend Itinerary For San Diego (2 Days)
  • How to Spend One Amazing Day in San Diego
  • Where to Stay in San Diego: A Complete Guide from a Local
  • A Complete Joshua Tree Itinerary (Weekend Guide)
  • A Complete Pacific Coast Highway Road Trip Guide (SF to SD)

How to Get to Big Sur

If you plan on visiting Big Sur, you’ll absolutely need a car . It’s highly unlikely that you’ll be able to get a rideshare in the area, and since the region is so spread out, you need a car to get from point A to point B.

With that in mind, here is how to get to Big Sur by car from San Francisco and Los Angeles, which are the two biggest cities nearby (and the two cities with the most reliable airports, if you’re coming from somewhere out of the area).

From San Francisco

Take Highway 101 south. Once you get to Prunedale, take exit 336 to merge onto Highway 156 west towards Monterey. After Castroville, Highway 156 will merge with Highway 1 south, and you’ll follow it into Big Sur. 

From Los Angeles

Take I-5 north. Once you hit Lost Hills, take exit 278 and turn left on Highway 46 (going west). Follow this highway to Paso Robles, where you’ll get onto Highway 101 south. Take exit 228 onto Highway 46 west towards Cambria. Follow until you hit Highway 1, turning right to follow it to Big Sur. 

Tips for Planning a Big Sur Road Trip

To make the most of your road trip, here are a few things you should know before hitting the road!

Pay the State Park Fees

You’ll be traveling in and out of different parks as you explore Big Sur, so it’s important to get a day use pass . A pass costs $10 per car, per day, and allows you to freely access the different state parks within the area. Some day use parking lots will have an attendant at a kiosk, while others will require self-registration. 

Keep in mind that you may still need to pay a separate parking fee when visiting areas managed by Los Padres National Forest. We’ll cover which spots require an additional fee in the itinerary below. 

Check Road Conditions in Advance

If you’re taking a Big Sur road trip, it’s incredibly important that you’re aware of the road conditions. Landslides are pretty common in this area, and they can lead to closures of portions of Highway 1.

Since you’ll be spending pretty much all of your driving time on this highway during your time in Big Sur, a closure could throw a wrench in your plans, and you may need to make some changes.

Be sure you’re keeping an eye on the road conditions in the days leading up to your road trip. Check them here .

Have Your Itinerary Ready Before You Go

Whether you’re using the itinerary below or coming up with your own, if you want to make the most of your visit, you want to come in with a plan.

Big Sur stretches over 70 miles, and a lot of the must-see sights are far away from each other. Make a list of the main sights that you want to see and activities you want to do, and then figure out what order you should check out those spots so that you’re efficient.

While you can leave a little wiggle room for spontaneity, you want to come in with a plan so that you don’t waste your time driving more than you need to. In addition to saving time, it will save you gas, which leads us to the next point. 

Plan Ahead for Gas

Gas stations in Big Sur are few and far between, and unsurprisingly, they aren’t cheap. That said, if you’re running low on gas while you’re driving through the area, definitely bite the bullet and pay the high price at the first gas station you see – you likely won’t pass another gas station for miles!

To the best of your ability, try to fill up the tank outside of Big Sur. As you’re driving to the area, if you’re coming from the south, try filling up in Paso Robles, and if you’re coming from the north, fill up in Monterey or Carmel-by-the-Sea .

If you plan on staying outside of Big Sur but exploring the area during the day, be sure to top off the tank each day before you drive in.

Of course, if you’re actually staying in Big Sur for a few days, you might not have a choice other than to pay the premium price.  

Bring Plenty of Food and Water

While there are some restaurants and general stores in Big Sur, there aren’t many options, and they’re mostly concentrated in one area (and they generally aren’t too kind on the wallet!).

Outside of the area where the restaurants and shops are concentrated, you’re not going to find any stores to pick up food, so it’s essential that you’re prepared. Be sure you bring lots of food and water with you – it’s better to be over prepared for this trip. 

Be Aware of Local Wildlife

You’re in the great outdoors – so expect to run into some wildlife! There are a few creatures you should be aware of during your visit.

Ticks often latch on when a “host” brushes by grass, so be sure to do some regular skin checks (and seek out medical attention if you find one). Bobcats, mountain lions, skunks, and raccoons also live in the area.

The California Parks and Recreation Department has a quick guide on what to do when you encounter these animals. 

Download Your Maps Ahead of Time

You’ll be going in and out of service as you drive through Big Sur, so you’ll want to be sure you’re prepared to travel while you’re offline. If you plan on using Google Maps, download the maps of the areas you’ll be exploring by dropping a pin in the area and then pressing the “Download” button under the “Directions” button.

This will save the map of the area to your phone so that you can use navigation when you’re out of service. You can also save different spots – like trailheads or the campground you’re staying at – so that you can more easily navigate to them while you’re traveling. 

Drive Safely

Most importantly, you’ll want to make sure you’re being safe! Highway 1 does get narrow and windy in sections, so put that phone away and keep your eyes focused on the road.

If you need to take a driving break, pull out at one of the turnouts.

You’ll see plenty of turnouts as you drive along the highway, but please make sure you’re stopping at a spot that has adequate space for you to park completely off the road. 

A Complete 2-Day Big Sur Itinerary: A Perfect Weekend in Big Sur

Below is the full 2-day itinerary to use during your visit. The first day focuses on the northern side of Big Sur, and then on the second day you’ll pick up where you left off and continue exploring the southern area of the region. 

This itinerary is based on the assumption that you’ll be arriving from the north, but if you’re coming from the south, just reverse the order (start with Sand Dollar Beach at the end of the second day itinerary, and work your way backwards). 

Day 1: Explore the North Side of Big Sur

Spend your first day in Big Sur exploring the beautiful coast and checking out some of the most iconic spots! Important note: be sure to bring lunch, snacks, and plenty of water with you.

The general stores and restaurants in the area are concentrated around the towns of Big Sur and Posts, which you might not get to until the later afternoon. 

Hike Around Point Lobos State Natural Reserve

big sur day trip itinerary

Start the day by hiking along the coast and enjoying the scenic views of Point Lobos State Natural Reserve, which is just north of Big Sur. Point Lobos Loop Trail takes you throughout the reserve, and there are plenty of trail off-shoots that give you amazing views of the coves and rocky coastline. 

While the entire trail system linked above is 6.7 miles long, you don’t need to do the whole loop – you’ll have two more hiking opportunities later in the day, so save your energy if you need to.

There are a ton of beautiful spots on the southern coastal side of the reserve, so I’d recommend focusing your time in this region. Start by making your way from where you parked to Bird Island Lookout , and then hike north along the Bird Island Trail to walk by China Cove.

big sur day trip itinerary

Continue up the trail to connect to Point Lobos South Shore Trail , a 2.5-mile out-and-back trail that will take you out to Sea Lion Point . Of course, adjust the order depending on where you’re able to snag a parking spot.

All the trails are interconnected, so if there are other spots you want to see, you can easily get from point to point by foot. 

Speaking of parking, there are a few small parking lots sprinkled throughout the reserve, and it costs $10 per vehicle to park.

Keep in mind that on a busy day, there’s a good chance you’ll need to park on Highway 1 and walk into the park. There is a no parking zone immediately around the park entrance, but you can park on the road just less than a quarter mile south.  

Explore Soberanes Point

big sur day trip itinerary

Next, you’ll drive five miles south (less than a 10-minute drive) to explore Soberanes Point in Garrapata State Park.

This easy walking path loop (which is 1.8 miles long) takes you up to Whale Peak, where you can get amazing 360 views of the area from above, and then leads you around the cliff edges to get views of the rocky coast below.

If you’re feeling hungry, find a nice scenic spot right off the trail to sit down and enjoy lunch before heading back to the car!

You can park by Gate 8 , where there is plenty of roadside space for cars on both sides of the road. There are also some spots further down the road closer to Whale Peak .

However, most of the parking space is on the eastern side of the road, so if you’re driving south, you’ll need to find a place to safely turn around. Both of these parking areas have easy access points to the trail. 

Take in the View of Bixby Bridge

big sur day trip itinerary

After Soberanes Point, it’s time to see one of the most-photographed spots in Big Sur: Bixby Bridge.

This iconic concrete bridge – which was built in the 1930s – is a must-see if you’re spending 2 days in Big Sur. It’s the tallest of its kind, and is set against the backdrop of the gorgeous Big Sur coast.  

You can get the best view of Bixby Bridge from Castle Rock Viewpoint , which is about six miles south (a 10-minute drive) of Soberanes Point.

There’s a small parking lot here that you’ll see on your right, and the area gets crowded – you may need to wait a bit to get a parking spot. Thankfully, the viewpoint is right off the road, so people cycle in and out pretty quickly. 

Heads up : before getting to the next point (which is about a 20-minute drive south, just under 13 miles), you’ll pass through the town of Big Sur, where Big Sur River Inn General Store & Deli is located. If you need some snacks or drinks, this is a good place to stop.

Hike Buzzards Roost Trail 

big sur day trip itinerary

At this point you’ve spent a lot of time exploring along the coast – now it’s time to enjoy some hiking amongst the trees! Buzzards Roost Trail is a 2.6-mile loop trail located in Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park. It’s about a 20-minute drive from Bixby Bridge. This trail brings you through beautiful redwood trees, and out to an open viewpoint where you can see the ocean and mountain range. 

For parking, you’ll want to park in the Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park day use lots . They’re on the left side of Highway 1 as you’re driving south, and you’ll enter on Pfeiffer Big Sur Road (look for the Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park Big Sur Lodge sign).

Follow the signs towards the Buzzard’s Roost trailhead, located across the river from the Redwood Deck. Follow the path underneath Highway 1, and you’ll be on your way! 

End the Day at Pfeiffer Beach

big sur day trip itinerary

After your hike, head to Pfeiffer Beach – another iconic Big Sur spot, known for its purple sand and massive rock formations. 

If you’re visiting around November or December, you’ll definitely want to be here during sunset.

For a few weeks in the winter, the sun perfectly aligns to shine right through Keyhole Arch, one of the giant rock formations the beach is known for. Even if you aren’t visiting during that time frame, this beach is the perfect spot to enjoy the sunset, walk around, or set out a blanket and take in the views. 

Pfeiffer Beach is only about a 10-minute drive from the Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park day use lot where you’ll want to park for Buzzards Roost, but it’s easy to miss.

After exiting the lot back onto Highway 1, you’ll drive south for a mile. On your right, you’ll see a sharp turn to get onto Sycamore Canyon Road (which isn’t clearly marked). The road is narrow, so carefully drive down the road for just over two miles until you reach the entrance kiosk. 

Despite seemingly being part of Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park (especially considering it shares a name!) Pfeiffer Beach is actually a part of Los Padres National Forest , and requires a $12 fee for parking. 

Day 2: Continue Exploring Further South

Now it’s time to continue hiking and sightseeing on the southern side of Big Sur! Once you get past McWay Falls (the second stop of the day), you should experience less crowds, since the southern part is generally less explored by tourists compared to the northern part. 

Like yesterday, you’ll want to bring some lunch, snacks, and water, as you’re not going to find anywhere to eat or buy food once you are past the restaurants and stores in the Posts/Big Sur area.

Hike to Partington Cove

big sur day trip itinerary

Start day 2 with a quick hike to Partington Cove. Partington Cove Trail is a 1.1 mile out-and-back trail that splits off to two points of interest. The northern part of the trail leads you to a small rocky beach, and the southern part takes you above Partington Cove after hiking through a 60-foot tunnel. This tunnel dates back to the 1880s, when a man named John Partington used the area to transport tanbark to build ships.  

big sur day trip itinerary

There isn’t a parking lot at the trailhead, but there is enough room off the road on both sides to park. You’ll see a green gate right off Highway 1, which is where you’ll start your hike!

Check Out the Iconic McWay Falls

big sur day trip itinerary

A weekend in Big Sur isn’t complete without a stop at McWay Falls , located in Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park. This beautiful waterfall falls right on the beach, and is located in a scenic cove.

While you can’t get down to the base of the falls, there is a 0.6-mile out-and-back walking trail that gives you incredible views of the falls and the beautiful beach below.

Keep in mind that there definitely will be crowds here, no matter when you’re visiting – this is one of the most popular spots in Big Sur. 

Park at McWay Waterfall Parking , which is on the east side of Highway 1. The trail will take you through a tunnel under the highway, and out towards the viewpoint. If you don’t already have a day use pass for the day, you’ll need to pay the $10 fee at the parking lot – you’ll find self registration instructions in the lot (don’t forget to do this – you run the risk of getting fined if you don’t!). 

Enjoy the View at Big Creek Cove Vista Point

big sur day trip itinerary

After stopping by McWay Falls, you’ll continue driving south for just under 9 miles (about a 15-minute drive) and make a quick stop at the Big Creek Cove Vista Point, which is located right off the road.

This is a great spot to stretch your legs for a moment, take some photos of the Big Sur coastline, eat a snack (or lunch), and enjoy the view. 

Hike Hare Creek and Limekiln Trail

big sur day trip itinerary

Very important disclosure: at the time of writing this guide, this trail (and others in Limekiln State Park) is closed indefinitely due to damage from the Dolan fire in late 2020. If you’re interested in hiking in this area, be sure to check the Limekiln State Park website first to see the status of the trails. An alternative trail a bit further south can be found below if Limekiln trails are still closed during your visit. 

If things have opened up for your visit, you’ll drive south for just under 7 miles (less than a 15-minute drive) to hike Hare Creek and Limekiln Trail . The out-and-back trail is 2.2-miles long, and takes you along the creek and through the dense forest. As you hike up north, the trail leads you to a group of lime kiln ruins.

These kilns – which haven’t been in use since the late 1800s – once purified limestone to make concrete, some of which was used for the construction of nearby cities, including San Francisco and Monterey. There is also an off-shoot that takes you to the base of Limekiln Falls, which is about 100-feet tall. 

To park, you’ll simply turn left off the highway where you see the Limekiln State Park sign . Follow that road to the entrance kiosk, and park in one of the spots. You’ll be able to use your day use pass from earlier to park. 

Hike Mill Creek Trail (Alternative to Lime Kiln SP): If you are unable to hike in Limekiln State Park (or want to get another hike in), you’ll head a bit further south to Mill Creek Trail , which is about 3.5 miles down the road (less than 10-minute drive). This out-and-back trail is 2.2 miles long, and takes you through the dense trees and along a creek, where you’ll see small waterfalls. The trailhead is located on Nacimiento Fergusson Road. There’s a small dirt section right off the road in front of the trailhead where you can park. If there isn’t any space, you can go further up the road a few feet, and you’ll find another dirt patch on the opposite side of the road. 

Hang Out at Sand Dollar Beach

big sur day trip itinerary

To end your second day in Big Sur, head down to Sand Dollar Beach, which is just over 5 miles south of Mill Creek Trail. This spacious beach – which is part of Los Padres National Forest – is an amazing place to watch the sunset. It is also known for the large rock formations in the water, as well as its incredible tide pools. 

This beach is also particularly nice because it doesn’t get super crowded, since it is further south and away from many of the main sights of Big Sur. You’ll deal with far less crowds here than at Pfeiffer Beach. 

For parking, you’ll want to park at the Sand Dollar Day Use Lot , and then follow the short path to the stairs down to the beach. Keep in mind that, since it is part of Los Padres, you will have to pay $10 to park in the day use area. 

What to do with Three Days in Big Sur

If you have an extra day in Big Sur, spend a bit of time exploring Andrew Molera State Park, which is just north of Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park. One of the best trails in the park is the Creamery Meadows, Bluffs, Panorama, and Ridge Trail Loop , which is 8-miles long.

As you hike, you’ll pass through groves of trees and open meadows, and get plenty of amazing views of the coastline. You can also go off the main trail for a quick detour down to Molera Beach . For the best views, hike clockwise (hike down the Creamery Meadows Trail, and then veer left to the Ridge Trail). 

If you’re not up for a long hike, consider doing a tour of Point Sur Lighthouse at Point Sur State Historic Park, which is just north of Andrew Molera State Park. The lighthouse was constructed in 1889, and is still operational.

These three-hour volunteer-led tours are available year-round, and happen on Saturdays, Sundays, and Wednesdays (but check the website for the most up-to-date information). 

After your tour, you can do a shorter hike in Andrew Molera State Park. The Creamery Meadows Trail is 2.4-miles long. This out-and-back trail takes you right down to the water, so you can get some final beach time before you head home!

What to Do with One Day in Big Sur

You can still see plenty if you only have one day in Big Sur. I’d recommend focusing on the sights on the northern side of Big Sur , since the must-see spots are more concentrated in this area.

If you’re coming from the north, start your day with a hike at Soberanes Point , and then drive down to Castle Rock Viewpoint to get a glimpse of the iconic Bixby Creek Bridge .

For lunch, you can either bring your own or stop at a spot around the towns of Big Sur or Posts (you’ll find a few recommendations below).

Next, head over to Pfeiffer Beach to spend some time at the water. If you’re up for another hike, continue making your way south to J ulia Pfeiffer Burns State Park to hike at Partington Cove .

Finally, end your day with a stop at McWay Falls .

If you’re coming from the south, just reverse the order, starting your day with McWay Falls. 

Hiking in Big Sur

Hiking is truly one of the best ways to experience Big Sur, and there are trails for visitors of all skill levels. Since Big Sur is prone to landslides (and has experienced recent fires), it’s important to check trail conditions on the website for the park where you plan to hike before you go.

It’s not uncommon for trails (or portions of trails) to have to be closed down due to damage. Luckily, there are plenty of hikes across Big Sur, so if one you’re interested in is closed, you’ll easily find another!

We’ve covered quite a few hikes above, but here are a few more options if you have more time or want to making any adjustments to the itinerary – starting from the north and moving south:

Garrapata Beach Calla Lily Valley Trail : This easy 1.1-mile hike (with an elevation gain of 150 feet) is pretty year-round, but is particularly special in the late winter or early spring, as this is when the calla lilies are in bloom. It takes you through Calla Lily Valley, and along the coast. 

Soberanes Canyon Trail : This challenging trail in Garrapata State Park takes you through the canyon and along a creek, and offers views of the coast. It is a 2.8-mile out-and-back trail with a 492 foot elevation gain. 

Pfeiffer Falls Trail : If you’re looking for a beautiful hike out to a waterfall, this trail in Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park is a great choice. The 1.3-mile out-and-back hike (which has an elevation gain of 403 feet) takes you to Pfeiffer Falls. For those who want a bit more, on the way back you can follow the off-shoot to take the Valley View Trail, which gives you a nice view of the valley below (this will add about half a mile to your hike). 

Manuel Peak Trail : For those looking for more of a challenge, this 9.7-mile and 3395-foot elevation gain out-and-back trail in Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park is a great choice. This hike offers incredible views of the mountain range and coastline below. 

Timber Top and Boranda Trail : This Los Padres National Forest hike – situated between Pfeiffer Big Sur and Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Parks – is a difficult but rewarding 5.3-mile out-and-back hike with a 2,503-foot elevation gain. This hike takes you up the mountain for sweeping views of the coast. 

Where to Stay in Big Sur

There are a variety of campgrounds and hotels in the region, so I’ve included some of the best options below. Regardless of the accommodation you choose, remember to book as soon as you can – both hotels and campgrounds fill up fast year-round!

In general, you have three options here. You can camp in Big Sur, which is competitive but gorgeous. You can stay at a hotel within Big Sur, which is an amazing experience, but is going to cost you. Or you can stay in Carmel / Monterey, the gateway to Big Sur if you’re coming from the Bay Area. 

Camping in Big Sur

Camping in Big Sur is one of the best ways to fully experience the beauty of the area. There is an abundance of both state park run and privately-owned campgrounds, and they tend to be open year-round. 

Big Sur is a very popular camping area, and reservations are highly recommended (and sometimes required). Reservations can fill up fast – often six months in advance for summer weekends. Even during the winter, reservations get snagged quickly.

Once you’ve committed to visiting, be sure to look for campground reservations online right away! Here are a few of the best campgrounds in Big Sur. 

Pfeiffer Big Sur Campground

This centrally-located spot is one of the best campgrounds in Big Sur. It’s situated right by the Big Sur River, and is shaded by beautiful redwood trees. There are 189 tent and RV sites available for reservation, and there are restroom and shower facilities on-site. Fees range from $35 to $50 per night. 

Since it is so popular, be sure to make your reservation on Reserve California as soon as possible. Day-of walk-ups are possible in the event that there is a cancellation or no-show, but reservations are still highly recommended. 

Ventana Campground

Just a couple miles south of Pfeiffer Big Sur Campground is Ventana Campground , which is privately-owned.

This campground is set amongst a gorgeous dense forest of redwoods, and is conveniently located near a small grocery store and deli and many restaurants (although the campground itself is still tucked away from the action – it still feels very secluded).

There are restroom and shower facilities on-site, and each site has a picnic table and fire ring. 

There are 63 tent campsites, a handful of which are hike-in sites. For those who aren’t quite sold on the idea of tent camping, there are also 15 “glamping” sites.

This private campground is definitely on the pricier side, with tent sites costing $80 per night.

Reservations (which are required) can be made online . They open up 13 months in advance, and while they don’t fill up as quickly as some of the state park campgrounds, you should still reserve as soon as possible!

Kirk Creek Campground

If you want a campsite with ocean views, Kirk Creek Campground is your best choice. This campground is located just south of Limekiln State Park (in the southern part of Big Sur), within Los Padres National Forest.

The site sits atop an ocean bluff – so you can fall asleep listening to ocean waves. There are 40 tent and RV campsites available, with vault toilets dispersed around the campground. Fees are $35 per night.

Reservations for Kirk Creek can be made online via Recreation.gov . This campsite is popular, so be sure to make your reservation well in advance. Dates open up six months out, and they often fill up quickly. 

Hotels in Big Sur

Another option is to stay at a hotel in Big Sur . There are a variety of hotels along Highway 1 in Big Sur, ranging from upscale resorts to more lowkey inns. This is going to be more expensive than staying in the nearby cities and towns, but is easily the best option in terms of location and convenience. 

These are some of the best accommodations, all of which are centrally located:

  • Big Sur Lodge : This rustic lodge is located in the middle of Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park, nestled amongst the redwood trees. There are both rooms and larger cottages available, and there is also an outdoor pool, outdoor bar, coffee shop, and restaurant on-site.
  • Big Sur River Inn : This riverside inn – which opened in 1934 – sits right between Andrew Molera State Park and Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park. There are both suites and rooms available, and the property has an outdoor pool, as well as a restaurant and full-service bar. 
  • Glen Oaks Big Sur : This modern yet rustic hotel has a variety of cabins, each offering different amenities, including kitchens or kitchenettes, indoor and/or outdoor fireplaces, and private soaking tubs. There are also rooms within the lodge, some of which come with fireplaces and private outdoor spaces. Glen Oaks also has a restaurant on-site. 

Hotels in Monterey and Carmel-by-the-Sea

If you’re not staying in Big Sur, Monterey and Carmel-by-the-Sea are the best places to make your home base – especially if you’re arriving from the north. 

However, keep in mind that this will add a good amount of driving time to your trip, as these towns are a long distance from many of the main sights in Big Sur. Carmel, for example, is almost 40 miles north of McWay Falls – that’s about an hour-long drive. Tack on another 30 minutes to get down to Limekiln State Park.

If at all possible, I’d highly recommend staying within Big Sur so that you can spend more time exploring and less time driving. 

That said, if these towns are a better option for you, it can be done – just be ready to drive! Carmel and Monterey both have a ton of restaurants (great for grabbing breakfast before heading out, or dinner after a long day of exploring Big Sur), and are popular destinations on their own.

Here are some of the best hotels in the area:

  • Green Gables Inn : This charming Victorian inn is located right on the water, and is just a short drive north of Monterey. There are 11 guest rooms and suites available, and your stay includes breakfast, a mini picnic with wine, and bicycles to explore the town. 
  • Hofsas House : Hofsas House is a casually elegant European-style hotel located in Carmel, steps away from great dining and shopping. There are 37 uniquely decorated rooms available, and the property has an outdoor pool and deck with views of the ocean. 
  • Carmel Green Lantern Inn : This boutique inn is just a few blocks from the beach, and near all the amazing dining Carmel has to offer. The property offers 17 guest rooms and suites. 
  • Carmel Mission Inn : Carmel Mission Inn is located on Highway 1, just a short drive away from the main dining and shopping area in Carmel. This modern hotel offers rooms and suites, and has a pool, fitness center, and restaurant. 

Where to Eat and Drink Near Big Sur

Below you’ll find a few restaurant recommendations, many of which also make a good stop if you just want to enjoy a drink. All of the restaurants are located in the towns of Posts and Big Sur.

Keep in mind that many restaurants in the area aren’t open seven days a week, so be sure to check each businesses’ website for the most current hours. 

Big Sur Bakery : This rustic restaurant and bakery is known for its delicious comfort food, including wood-fired pizza. The restaurant is open for lunch and dinner service, and the bakery (where you can get to-go meals, pastries, and coffee) opens in the morning. 

Big Sur Taphouse : If you want a refreshing beer and some delicious pub food, this spot is for you. Big Sur Taphouse has a rotating tap of 13 beers, as well as an extensive food menu (with plenty of vegan and vegetarian options). This spot has indoor seating, as well as a spacious outdoor patio, and is open for lunch and dinner, as well as brunch on the weekends.  

Big Sur Deli : This family-owned full-service deli is attached to a general store, and is the best place to go if you want made-to-order to-go sandwiches, burritos, salads, and more. In the morning, they also have breakfast sandwiches, pastries, and other breakfast items, as well as coffee. Big Sur Deli is open daily from 7:00am to 8:00pm.

Nepenthe : This restaurant is the place to go for a meal with a view, as it is perched on a cliff overlooking the ocean. The restaurant offers classic California fare and an extensive wine list, and is open for lunch and dinner service. If you need a breakfast spot, Cafe Kevah is also available on-site. This cafe offers classic breakfast meals, as well as coffee and pastries. 

Deetjen’s : This casual, homey, and eclectic-style restaurant (located in the Deetjen’s Hotel) offers simple and hearty cuisine, including plenty of delicious meat and seafood dishes. Deetjen’s also has a wine and beer menu. It is open for breakfast and dinner service, and reservations for dinner are required. 

Big Sur Roadhouse : Big Sur Roadhouse (which is part of the Glen Oaks Hotel) is a modern-rustic restaurant serving classic California food made with local ingredients. It is open for breakfast and lunch service, and they also serve wine and beer.

Fernwood Tavern : This casual restaurant is a part of Fernwood Resort, and is a popular spot for pizza, burgers, and other pub food. The tavern also has a full bar, and indoor and outdoor dining is available. Additionally, Fernwood Tavern frequently has live music (typically on Saturdays). 

Sierra Mar : This restaurant (located in Post Ranch Inn) is an upscale spot serving a four-course, prix fixe menu. It is perched right on a cliff, offering incredible views of the ocean. Sierra Mar serves California cuisine, and is open for dinner service for those not staying at the hotel. Reservations are highly recommended. 

When to Visit Big Sur

Generally, the weather in Big Sur is pretty mild year-round and the parks are open during all seasons, so there definitely isn’t a bad time to visit. Let’s talk about what you can expect during each season, and the pros and cons of visiting Big Sur during the different times of the year. 

The summer is a great time to visit, since this is when the weather is the most pleasant. Big Sur has warm but not overly hot summers, with average temperatures in the mid to high 70s.

The major con, however, is that you’ll be battling more crowds during this time. For some of the most popular spots (like Bixby Creek Bridge, Pfeiffer Beach, and McWay Falls), expect to share the experience with a lot of other visitors! There’s also a higher likelihood that you’ll deal with some fog if you visit during the summer. 

The warmer weather continues into the fall , with average temperatures during the day in the high 60s to mid 70s. Fog also generally isn’t as heavy during this time. This makes the fall a really nice time to visit – if you have flexibility, I’d recommend visiting during this time of the year.

You’ll likely have warm but mild weather, and won’t have to deal with the swarms of crowds like you’ll experience in the summer. That said, keep in mind that this is still a fairly popular time to visit, so don’t expect to have the area completely to yourself!

Winter and spring are still great times to visit Big Sur, and there are far less visitors during these seasons. It doesn’t get too cold during the day, as the daytime temperatures are normally in the 50s or 60s (although be prepared for cooler weather at night!).

However, the chance of rain is much higher during this time. Big Sur is also prone to landslides during this season, which can cause road closures along Highway 1. You’ll need to check road conditions before making your trip during the winter and spring.

Plan an Unforgettable California Adventure

Heading to California? We’ve got all sorts of super detailed, in-depth California travel guides written by locals to help you plan an amazing trip.

  • San Francisco: We’ve got a guide to spending 3 days in SF, one day in San Francisco for planning a shorter trip, and a complete guide to finding the perfect place to stay in San Francisco . We also have guides to 14 perfect weekend getaways from San Francisco and the best day trips in the Bay Area . Oh, we almost forgot, here are the 15 best hikes near San Francisco , written by two Bay Area locals.
  • Los Angeles: Read our perfect 2 Day L.A. itinerary , our guide to spending one amazing day in L.A. (with two versions!), and a guide to helping you figure out where to stay .
  • San Diego: Learn how to spend a day in San Diego , a weekend in San Diego , and where you should stay .
  • Lake Tahoe : Plan the perfect summertime adventure with our 3 day Tahoe itinerary , guide to the best hikes , and our guide to the best things to do in Tahoe .
  • Santa Barbara : We have a guide to planning a weekend in Santa Barbara , and a guide to a day trip to Santa Barbara from Los Angeles if you’re pressed for time.
  • Mammoth Lakes : To plan a perfect getaway in the Eastern Sierra, read our guide to the best things to do in Mammoth Lakes in the summer . Plus, our guide to the best hikes in Mammoth , featuring the epic climb to the top of Duck Pass .
  • Big Sur: Plan the perfect weekend away with our complete Big Sur itinerary .
  • Yosemite National Park : Plan an amazing trip with our guide to planning an amazing Yosemite itinerary , and our guide to choosing where to stay at Yosemite .
  • Joshua Tree National Park: Plan the perfect trip with our perfect weekend itinerary (or a day trip , if you have less time), a guide to the best hikes , and some cool places to stay in Joshua Tree .
  • Death Valley National Park : We have a SUPER detailed guide to planning the perfect Death Valley itinerary , and a guide to the best hikes in Death Valley National Park .
  • California Road Trips : See the best of the Pacific Coast Highway on our San Francisco to San Diego road trip , or make the trip up Highway from on a Los Angeles to SanFrancisco road trip . If you’re more into mountains than beaches, a Highway 395 road trip from Los Angeles to Lake Tahoe might be more your speed.

' src=

Kyra is a freelance writer and a California native who has lived in the Bay Area, San Diego, and Los Angeles. She loves spending her free time hiking, taking photos, and exploring Southern California and the rest of her home state.

Similar Posts

Where to Stay in San Diego: A Complete Guide

Where to Stay in San Diego: A Complete Guide

San Francisco to San Diego Road Trip: A Complete Guide

San Francisco to San Diego Road Trip: A Complete Guide

How to Plan an Amazing Portland to San Francisco Road Trip

How to Plan an Amazing Portland to San Francisco Road Trip

The Best Time to Visit Joshua Tree National Park

The Best Time to Visit Joshua Tree National Park

Where To Stay In Point Reyes: The 16 Best Places To Stay

Where To Stay In Point Reyes: The 16 Best Places To Stay

14 Amazing Day Trips from San Francisco to Plan Now

14 Amazing Day Trips from San Francisco to Plan Now

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

  • Car Rentals
  • Airport Transfers
  • Attractions & Tours
  • Bundle & Save
  • Destinations
  • Trip.com Rewards

Monterey County & Los Angeles in 4 Days: A Southern California Adventure

Author's Profile Picture

April 16, 2024 · 2 min read

Monterey County Los Angeles 4 Days Itinerary

Embark on a 4-day journey through the heart of Southern California, starting with the thrills of Universal Studios Hollywood, where a full day is dedicated to experiencing the magic of movies. After immersing yourself in cinematic wonder, take a stroll along the iconic Hollywood Walk of Fame, capturing the essence of stardom in just an hour. Day two invites you to the opulent streets of Beverly Hills, where you'll spend two hours among the rich and famous before delving into the artistic treasures of The Getty for another two hours. The day concludes with the sun-kissed sands of Santa Monica State Beach. The adventure continues on day three with a full day in the majestic Big Sur, offering breathtaking coastal views and a visit to the architectural marvel, Big Creek Bridge. Your final day is a serene escape to the quaint charm of Carmel-By-The-Sea, paired with a scenic drive along the legendary California 1, both promising a day of unforgettable memories. This curated itinerary by Trip.com ensures a perfect blend of urban excitement and natural splendor, tailored for an unforgettable Southern California experience.

  • Day 1: Unforgettable Adventures in the Heart of Hollywood

Universal Studios Hollywood

arrow-image

Kickstart your journey through the cinematic wonders of Universal Studios Hollywood, the first gem in our Los Angeles escapade. As the morning sun casts its glow, immerse yourself in a full day of action-packed entertainment all in one place. From thrilling theme park rides and shows to a real working movie studio, it's a universe of excitement for all ages. Get ready to be part of the movies in this sprawling theme park where fantasy becomes reality!

Attraction Info

  • 100 Universal City Plaza, Universal City, CA 91608
  • Suggested tour duration: 1-2 days
  • Open from 03/27-03/29,9:00am-9:00pm;Open 9:00am-9:00pm on 03/31;Open from 04/07-04/08,9:00am-9:00pm;Open 9:00am-9:00pm on 04/14;Open 9:00am-9:00pm on 04/21;Open 9:00am-10:00pm on 03/30;Open from 04/02-04/04,9:00am-10:00pm;Open 9:00am-10:00pm on 04/06;Open 9:00am-10:00pm on 04/13;Open from 04/27-04/28,9:00am-10:00pm;Open 8:00am-10:00pm on 04/01;Open 8:00am-10:00pm on 04/05;Open 8:00am-10:00pm on 04/20;Open from 04/09-04/12,9:00am-8:00pm;Open 9:00am-8:00pm on 04/29;Open 9:00am-7:00pm on 04/15;Open 9:00am-7:00pm on 04/19;Open 9:00am-7:00pm on 04/22;Open 9:00am-7:00pm on 04/26;Open from 04/16-04/18,10:00am-7:00pm;Open from 04/23-04/25,10:00am-7:00pm;Open 10:00am-6:00pm on 04/30

Recommended Nearby Restaurants

Vegetable

Hollywood Walk Of Fame HQ

After a day of movie magic, take a stroll down the iconic Hollywood Walk of Fame. Just a short drive from Universal Studios, this star-studded sidewalk is your next stop. Spend an hour discovering over 2,600 brass stars embedded in the pavement, each one honoring a legend of the entertainment industry. As the evening lights begin to sparkle, let the Walk of Fame guide you through Hollywood's illustrious history, one star at a time.

  • 6255 Sunset Blvd #150, Hollywood, CA 90028, United States
  • Suggested tour duration: 1-2 hour
  • Open 24 hours

Providence

Where to Stay Tonight

W hollywood, podshare hollywood.

  • Day 2: Glitz, Art, and Ocean Breezes in LA

Beverly Hills

Begin your second day in the lap of luxury with a stroll through the iconic Beverly Hills. This characteristic neighborhood is the epitome of LA's high-end living, where the allure of Rodeo Drive and the palm-lined streets set the scene for a glamorous morning. Spend a couple of hours soaking in the opulence and perhaps spotting a celebrity or two.

  • California, USA
  • Suggested tour duration: 2-3 hour

Catch LA

Next, enrich your cultural senses at The Getty. This renowned art gallery and museum offers a diverse collection of artworks spanning centuries. Located at 1200 Getty Center Dr, The Getty is not just about the art—it's an architectural marvel in itself. Allow yourself to be captivated by the masterpieces and the stunning views of Los Angeles during your two-hour visit.

  • 1200 Getty Center Dr, Los Angeles, CA 90049, United States
  • Suggested tour duration: 2-4 hour
  • Open on Tue-Fri, Sun,10:00am-5:30pm;Open on Sat,10:00am-8:00pm

STK Steakhouse

Santa Monica State Beach

Conclude your day with the soothing sounds of the waves at Santa Monica State Beach. This quintessential California beach is the perfect spot to unwind after a day of exploration. Bask in the sun, enjoy the ocean views, and reflect on the day's adventures as you relax on the sandy shores for a couple of hours.

  • California, United States

Mélisse Restaurant

Sonder the Beacon

The georgian hotel.

  • Day 3: Majestic Coastlines and Iconic Structures

Embarking on the third day of our Monterey County adventure, we begin with the breathtaking Big Sur, a jewel along the Californian coast. This natural paradise offers a full day of exploration amidst rugged landscapes, where the Santa Lucia Mountains rise abruptly from the Pacific Ocean. Renowned for its scenic vistas and outdoor activities, Big Sur invites travelers to immerse themselves in the serenity of redwood forests, hike trails that offer stunning ocean views, and capture the essence of California's wild beauty. Whether you're seeking inspiration from the same vistas that have enchanted artists and writers or simply longing to breathe in the fresh coastal air, Big Sur is a sanctuary where the soul meets the sea.

  • Suggested tour duration: 0.5-1 day

Big Sur Roadhouse

Big Creek Bridge

Following the coastal journey, a visit to the Big Creek Bridge stands as the next highlight of the day. This architectural marvel is not just a bridge but a vantage point offering panoramic views of the rugged coastline and the vast Pacific. Spending an hour here allows for ample time to marvel at the engineering feat, snap unforgettable photographs, and perhaps catch a glimpse of migrating whales in the distance. The Big Creek Bridge, with its graceful arches, is more than a passage over the Big Sur terrain; it's a symbol of the harmonious blend between human ingenuity and nature's grandeur.

  • Hwy 1, Big Sur, CA 93920
  • Suggested tour duration: 1 hour

Hyatt Vacation Club At Highlands Inn

Hyatt carmel highlands.

  • Day 4: Charming Carmel and the Iconic California 1 Drive

Carmel-By-The-Sea

Begin your final day with the quaint allure of Carmel-By-The-Sea, a picturesque small town nestled along California's coast. This enchanting village is a perfect blend of art, culture, and coastal beauty, inviting you to wander through its fairy-tale cottages and art galleries. Spend your day soaking in the serene atmosphere, perhaps with a leisurely stroll on the white sands of Carmel Beach or a visit to the historic Carmel Mission. The town's compact size makes it ideal for exploring on foot, ensuring you can savor every charming detail.

  • California 93921, USA

Shearwater Tavern

California 1

Conclude your Monterey County adventure with a drive along the breathtaking California 1, a route that offers some of the most spectacular coastal views in the United States. As you journey along this iconic highway, you'll be treated to dramatic cliffs, expansive ocean vistas, and the untamed beauty of the Pacific coastline. Make sure to have your camera ready for the numerous photo opportunities and consider stopping at the Bixby Creek Bridge, one of the most photographed bridges in California, to capture a memory of this unforgettable road trip.

  • Suggested tour duration: 2-3 days

Patio Drive In

Coastal Valley Inn

3823 sand dollar house 3 bedroom condo by redawning.

* All user reviews in this article have been translated by machine.

* The information above is subject to change at any time. For the latest information, please check the websites of hotels and attractions.

big sur day trip itinerary

<h3>Trending Searches</h3>

Popular Content

  • Qionghai Wanning 6 Days Itinerary
  • York Cambridge 6 Days Itinerary
  • Wuwei 2 Days Itinerary
  • Jining 4 Days Itinerary
  • Long Beach 1 Day Itinerary
  • Canakkale 1 Day Itinerary
  • Ningde Fuzhou 3 Days Itinerary
  • Jing County 2 Days Itinerary
  • Yamoussourkro 1 Day Itinerary
  • Maricopa County 1 Day Itinerary
  • Chongqing 3 Days Itinerary
  • Richmond 1 Day Itinerary
  • Nuremberg Frankfurt 2 Days Itinerary
  • Heidelberg Cologne 2 Days Itinerary
  • Koh Phangan 1 Day Itinerary
  • Customer Support
  • Service Guarantee
  • More Service Info
  • Website Feedback
  • About Trip.com
  • Terms & Conditions
  • Privacy Statement
  • About Trip.com Group

Other Services

  • Investor Relations
  • Affiliate Program
  • List My Property
  • Become a Supplier
  • Vacation Rentals
  • Restaurants
  • Things to do
  • Things to Do
  • Travel Stories
  • Rental Cars
  • Add a Place
  • Travel Forum
  • Travelers' Choice
  • Help Center

Roadtrip - CA - WA Sept 2024 - advice please! - Road Trips Forum

  • Tripadvisor Forums    
  • Road Trips Forums

Roadtrip - CA - WA Sept 2024 - advice please!

  • United States Forums
  • Europe Forums
  • Canada Forums
  • Asia Forums
  • Central America Forums
  • Africa Forums
  • Caribbean Forums
  • Mexico Forums
  • South Pacific Forums
  • South America Forums
  • Middle East Forums
  • Honeymoons and Romance
  • Business Travel
  • Train Travel
  • Traveling With Disabilities
  • Tripadvisor Support
  • Solo Travel
  • Bargain Travel
  • Timeshares / Vacation Rentals
  • Road Trips forum

big sur day trip itinerary

Hello! My husband and I are planning a roadtrip this September & we're looking for some advice from local experts.

We are flying to SF late August and will have 21 days to travel up to Washington, flying back to the UK from Seattle. We'd like to spend a few city days in San Fransisco, Portland and Seattle, and have a mix of coastal and inland stops.

We'd like to take in Big Sur which means heading south from SF, and then ideally head inland - would travelling to Yosemite be possible? Or would our time be best spend somewhere else?

Also interested in visiting Redwood National Park, Crater Lake, Olympic National Park.

If anyone can provide some tips, advice, places we shouldn't miss or even avoid we'd be delighted to hear from you! Thank you!

7 replies to this topic

' class=

Three weeks is a pretty good time to do that trip, although if you are only planning now, you are a bit behind the curve maybe for the odd location, such as Yosemite, but than does not mean it’s not possible.

One possible outline of many is.

2 nights SF.

2 nights Monterey ( tour Big Sur from here due to closure) .

2 nights Yosemite.

1 night Gold country or winelands

2 nights Redwoods.

1 night Bandon or other for south OR Coast

1 night Crater Lake.

2 nights Bend

2 nights Portland via Colombia River Gorge.

3 nights ONP

2 nights Seattle.

Now, that might tell you you don’t have the City time you wanted?

And so, maybe Crater Lake and Bend should go and you just drive up 101 and tour Columbia River Gorge out of Portland?

big sur day trip itinerary

Make careful plans about where you will be for the holiday weekend. SF could work. I would not choose to visit Yosemite over the holiday, so arrange destinations appropriately.

SF is getting some busier conventions. Check your timing to avoid them.

Yosemite needs a Peak Hours Entry Permit or overnight lodging reservations in the Park on weekends and holidays. Include Mariposa Grove in your itinerary.... Entry day or exit day

big sur day trip itinerary

In 3 weeks you won’t be able to see it all.

2 days seattle

1 day Portland

2 days olympic np

1 day redwoods

1 day crater lake

2 days monterey/ Big Sur

That’s 11 days…then other days for driving,

Day 1 fly in

Day 2 Seattle / buffer day

Day 3-4 Olympic

Day 5 to Portland

Day 6 Portland

Day 7 to bandon, OR

Day 8 to redwoods

Day 9 redwoods

Day 10 to SF on US 101

Day 11-12 SF

Day 13-14 Monterey/ Big Sur

Day 15 drive to klamath falls

Day 16 crater lake for day, night bend

Day 17 to hood river and columbia gorge

Day 18 to Seattle via Yakima

Day 19 Seattle

Day 20 fly home

By seeing this you don’t have time for Yosemite without sacrificing something else or adding more days you need 2 more days to fit in Yosemite.

The redwoods to SF drive could be turned into 2-3 days with going CA 1 to Mendocino or go to napa valley

You are also skipping Mt Rainier NP near Seattle

Southern oregon coat south of bandon is a very beautiful area to see

You could do a split trip…

Day 1-9 same

Day 10 to crater lake to bend

Day 11 to hood river to Yakima

Day 12 to Seattle

Day 14-15 Monterey/ Big Sur

Day 16 to Yosemite

Day 17 Yosemite

Day 18 to SF

Day 19-20 SF

Day 21 fly home

Hi and welcome to T-A!

Even with three weeks, trips like you're proposing that zigzag between the Pacific coast and inland/mountain areas can become a bit rushed. Our region is blessed with many attractions, and it's understandable that visitors want to see it all, but in reality a plan such as yours runs a risk of feeling rushed. Of course, people ar different, so it might be fine, but a couple of cautions might be in order.

First, this "El Nino" winter has resulted in snowpacks in the Cascades that are way below average. That means that by late summer it's highly likely that conditions will be tinder dry, making for what's already a period when forest and wildfires are common, into one where the risk is VERY high. Now planning a visit around the possibility of fires limiting access, or smoke obscuring the views, is unwise, but since you're probably going to have to make some hard choices just on the basis of your schedule, it might be wise to think twice about detours to places like Crater Lake, which can be right in the middle of the high-risk zone.

Yosemite is another area with similar issues. Although the Sierras haven't been as impacted this year as the Cascades, it's still fairly common for the famous waterfalls in the national park to be trickles, or even dry, by late summer. Combined with end-of-summer crowds, I'm not sure it will give you the best experience, but again, of course, it's your call.

Aside from the scenery and lure of the open road, do you have any particular interests on which you could focus on this trip? For example, you'll be transiting or passing close by several major wine producing areas. Do you like to hike, bike, kayak or, I don't know, windsurf? Art lovers? There might be some areas where several types of landscapes and activities can be experienced from a central base. For example, the Columbia River Gorge and Mount Hood region, an hour east of Portland, offers waterfalls, windsurfing and kiteboarding, alpine hikes or even summer skiing on the side of a big stratovolcano, all set in an area filled with vineyards and orchards in harvest mode, craft breweries, a remarkable small art museum, even a weird replica of Stonehenge. Is it worth a few days' break from a go-go roadtrip? I'd say so, but you might not agree.

Just some thoughts and suggestions. Again, welcome!

For the redwoods section things to see are:

Avenue of the Giants

Founders Nature Trail - Humboldt State Park

Trinidad, California - by the sea and good place to stay

Prarie Creek state Park and the elk - drive Newton B. Drury Scenic Highway

Klamath River and jet boat drive

Trees of Mystery

Harbor area and seals at Crescent City

Agate Beach

and Jedidiah Smith State Park

big sur day trip itinerary

21 days may seem like a long time, but they are not sufficient to do what you suggest. As others have pointed out, you are zigzagging across vast territory. People from the UK and Europe often can't imagine the scale of the US, and the PNW has limited roads that become very crowded around popular sites. Up in the Olympic Peninsula you have to deal with dreadfully overtaxed ferries and a drawbridge that often becomes a travel bottleneck. If you want to confirm what we are all trying to tell you, plot your itinerary on Googlemaps, but make sure to add at least 20% to the estimates.

You need to prune your list of desired destinations, preferably in such a way that you are neither backtracking between north and south nor dashing back and forth between inland and coastal destinations.

  • Renting a Car for two Road Trips - CHito NOLA and then AC 11:18 pm
  • Roadtrip - CA - WA Sept 2024 - advice please! 9:53 pm
  • National Park Road Trip 7:36 pm
  • Meet Darshan Hiranandani Solo Traveler 3:18 pm
  • Pacific coast family road trip 2:31 pm
  • Road Trip To India - Emmanuel Katto 11:31 am
  • Chicago suburbs to schoodic peninsula Maine road-trip today
  • Route 66 LA to Chicago yesterday
  • Sat Nav for Colorado/Utah/Vegas trip yesterday
  • Ohio to Tennessee the less bridges the better! yesterday
  • Touring the upper Eastern Seaboard yesterday
  • 16 days Roadtrip - Southwest USA yesterday
  • 21 Day Road Trip from MN to Grand Canyon & Yosemite yesterday
  • Driving through Nashville Apr 28, 2024
  • Planning a road trip
  • Tips for driving in the USA
  • Tips for foreigners: Renting or buying a vehicle in the USA?
  • Suggestions for a South West USA road trip
  • Suggestions for an East Coast USA Road Trip
  • Suggestions for a West Coast USA Road Trip
  • Suggestions for a 'Deep South' road trip
  • What are safety concerns and precautions when experiencing nature in North America?
  • What should I pack for a road trip in the USA.?
  • Do I need to book hotels ahead or can I book hotels as I travel?
  • Should I rent an RV to save money on a road trip?
  • Route 66 - how long do I need and where should I stop?
  • Planning a road trip- lodging in the national parks
  • Thinking of a long, family road trip in the west? Read this trip report for ideas
  • Road trip ideas from Memphis down thru MS to New Orleans
  • ***Visiting Canada From the USA***
  • Cannabis - Entering Canada
  • Campervan Tips for a Road Trip

big sur day trip itinerary

10-Day California Road Trip Itinerary With Scenic Stops

  • Planning a road trip through California requires accounting for its size and allowing enough time for both driving and enjoying each stop.
  • Los Angeles is an accessible place to start a road trip with plenty of scenic areas to explore, such as Malibu Creek State Park and downtown LA.
  • Joshua Tree National Park is a must-visit on a 10-day California road trip, offering unique desert landscapes and opportunities for hiking and scenic driving.

California is one of the most beautiful and varied states in the US. Given its size and variety of attractions, it’s no wonder road trips are a popular way to explore the state. Indeed, there are a number of scenic road trips through California that explore every corner of the various landscapes.

The hardest part of planning a road trip through California is accounting for its size. Drivers need to allow enough time to navigate the coastal and mountain roads while also leaving enough time to actually enjoy each stop.

While a 10-day road trip through California may seem like ample time, those hoping to really explore their stops will have to pick and choose where they go. With such long distances to explore, this 10-day California road trip itinerary has balanced driving time with exploration. By sacrificing some of the more extreme driving distances to the north and south, this California road trip itinerary has four days without point-to-point driving, allowing travelers plenty of time to hike, take scenic drives, or explore spontaneous side trips.

Those with more time on their hands may consider starting further south in San Diego or moving further north past San Francisco to Redwood National and State Parks near Humboldt.

Related: 10 Scenic Road Trips In California And Their Best Stops

Day 1: Los Angeles

No driving, downtown sites and activities, nearby beaches and state parks.

Los Angeles is one of the most accessible places to start a road trip through California. Home to several major airports and a variety of places to stay, Los Angeles makes an ideal entry point to the rest of the state.

Despite being known for its major traffic jams and miles of concrete jungle, Los Angeles and the surrounding area is also a surprisingly scenic place to spend the first day of a California road trip. Long Beach, Malibu, and a variety of state parks within half an hour of downtown LA prove that even in Los Angeles County, there are a number of scenic areas to be one with nature .

Whether exploring the former M*A*S*H film site at Malibu Creek State Park near LA , or walking the downtown streets in the city itself, there is plenty of scenery to enjoy before even officially hitting the road.

  • Driving Distance: 0 miles
  • Straight-through Drive Time: 0 hours
  • Scenic Things to Enjoy in and around Los Angeles: Malibu, Huntington Beach, Long Beach, Malibu Creek State Park, Dodger Stadium, Los Angeles Scenic Hikes, Hollywood Sign

Malibu Creek State Park’s fees are determined by how long visitors intend to stay. Free to visit on foot, parking at Malibu Creek State Park costs $12 for a full-day parking pass , with cheaper options for one- and two-hour stays.

Day 2: Joshua Tree National Park

Distance: 131 miles, desert scenery, and night sky stargazing.

One of the challenges of planning a California road trip is trying to explore the wide variety of landscapes in this oversized state. While not every national park can fit in a 10-day California road trip, Joshua Tree National Park, which has plenty of activities to fill a full day’s itinerary, is a must.

Home to a number of ancient Joshua trees and a one-of-a-kind desert landscape, Joshua Tree National Park , which costs $30 per private vehicle , is perfect for hiking, biking, or even more scenic driving.

On day two of the 10-day California road trip, travelers can either spend the night near Joshua Tree ( which makes it easy to enjoy the night sky at Sky’s The Limit Observatory And Nature Center ) or get a head start on the next leg of the journey, as the drive to Big Sur is the longest driving day on the road trip.

  • Driving Distance: ~131 miles
  • Straight-through Drive Time: ~ 2.25 hours
  • Scenic Things to Enjoy in Joshua Tree National Park: Scenic Desert Landscapes, Joshua Trees, Wildlife Watching, Joshua Tree National Park Scenic Hiking Trails , Dark Sky Stargazing

Looking to cut down on the 8-hour drive coming the next day? Leaving Joshua Tree National Park for Bakersfield or Santa Clarita cuts two to three hours off the upcoming drive and points drivers toward Highway 1.

Day 3: On The Road To Big Sur/Carmel Valley

Distance: 475 miles. drive the pacific coast highway for historic landmarks and ocean views.

Road trips are one of the best ways to see a variety of highlights in one vacation, but they do require plenty of time on the road to make a reality. With a state as big as California, at least one day of driving is inevitable, but that doesn’t mean it can’t still be a beautiful day.

One of the best ways to turn the drive from Joshua Tree National Park to Big Sur into a scenic day is to head towards the coast and connect with the famous Pacific Coast Highway (Highway 1). Taking CA-58 W to I-5 N, drivers can steadily move towards the coast while still making their way towards Big Sur. Connecting to Highway 46 W, drivers connect to Highway 1 just north of San Luis Obispo.

The Pacific Coast Highway is a scenic “stop” in and of itself, but additional detours can make this day on the road even better. Popular stops like Hearst Castle , which is open from 8 am to 6 pm every day and costs from $30 per person per tour , are right off the highway, and a guided castle walk may prove the perfect break in a long day on the road.

  • Driving Distance: ~475 miles
  • Straight-through Drive Time: ~ 8 hours
  • Scenic Things to Enjoy on the Road to Big Sur: Pacific Coast Highway, Hearst Castle, San Luis Obispo, Morro Bay, Slates Hot Springs , Pacific Ocean Views and Overlooks

Day 4: Big Sur, Carmel Valley, And Monterey

No driving, explore scenic beaches, state and national parks, and spot unique wildlife.

No scenic California road trip is complete without a little time taking in the ocean views. Big Sur and Carmel-by-the-Sea are some of the most popular beachfront areas, with rocky coastline and sandy beaches all in one place.

There are a number of scenic hikes in Big Sur , and just 40 minutes away, Carmel-by-the-Sea offers a variety of coastal activities to enjoy as well. Of course, Monterey and the famous Monterey Bay Aquarium (which costs $59.95 per adult ) neighbors Big Sur as well, providing a scenic and educational experience on the California road trip route.

If these beachfront destinations somehow aren’t enough to fill the full day, Pinnacles National Park lies just an hour inland and offers a chance to see a number of rare animals, including the California Condor. After a full day on the road, a day in and around Big Sur is undoubtedly one of the most scenic parts of a California road trip.

  • Driving Distance: 141 miles
  • Straight-through Drive Time: ~2.5 hours
  • Scenic Things to Enjoy in and around Big Sur: Big Sur beaches, Carmel-by-the-Sea, Monterey, Monterey Bay Aquarium, Pfeiffer Beach State Park , Pinnacles National Park, Public Beaches around Big Sur

Pinnacles National Park has a $ 30-per-vehicle entrance fee .

Related: 10 Affordable Resorts & Hotels That Offer Scenic Views In Carmel-By-The-Sea, California

Day 5: San Francisco

Distance: 141 miles. enjoy the port city experience and visit scenic, historic islands.

Moving further up the coastal side of the Golden State, adventurers on a California road trip will find their next major stop in San Francisco. A true must-see stop on a cross-country road trip , San Francisco is as exciting as it is scenic.

In San Francisco itself, Fisherman’s Wharf and Pier 49 are considered some of the most popular attractions, as is the iconic and walkable Golden Gate Bridge. Meanwhile, the Pacific Ocean surrounds even more unique attractions to enjoy near San Francisco. Those who plan ahead can enjoy a boat tour around the infamous Alcatraz Island or even set foot on the famed prison grounds themselves.

Just outside the city, Muir Woods National Monument provides a scenic alternative to the busy city streets, with a variety of hiking trails and quiet picnic areas in the redwood forest. In the forests or on the downtown streets, there is no doubt that San Francisco is a scenic place to spend the day on a California road trip.

  • Scenic Things to Enjoy in San Francisco: Fisherman’s Wharf, Pier 49, Alcatraz Island, Angel Island, Chinatown, Scenic San Francisco Hiking Trails , Golden Gate Bridge

Muir Wood National Monument has a $15 per person entrance fee .

Day 6: South Lake Tahoe

Distance: 188 miles. drive through the mountains and enjoy the mountain lake.

Leaving the coastal towns and ocean views, the 10-day California road trip moves inland for a change of scenery. Leaving the sandy beaches behind, the journey moves towards the Sierra Nevadas, home of towering granite structures and miles of pine forests.

One of the most popular and scenic parts of the Sierra Nevadas is Lake Tahoe, the cleanest lake in California and an exceptional year-round road trip stop. Many visitors planning to stay the night set up camp (or book a hotel) in South Lake Tahoe, the biggest city near the lake on the California side.

Driving from San Francisco to South Lake Tahoe may seem straightforward on paper, but the actual driving can be a little more complicated. Despite being less than 200 miles, the intense mountain drive and variable traffic patterns mean that drive time varies widely, taking anywhere from three to five hours.

After spending the first half of the day on the road, California road trip travelers can dip their feet into the water at one of the free public beaches around Tahoe . With another day in the mountains ahead, there is still plenty of time to make the most out of this road trip stop.

  • Driving Distance: 188 miles
  • Straight-through Drive Time: ~3.5 hours
  • Scenic Things to Enjoy in South Lake Tahoe (Day 1): Public Lake Beaches, Lake-side scenic walkways, Downtown South Lake Tahoe

Only interested in spending one day in Lake Tahoe? Consider stopping in Napa Valley from San Francisco instead of going straight to Tahoe. Just an hour north of San Francisco, Napa Valley is the heart of California’s wine country and an exceptionally scenic place to spend a day. Road trip travelers can then leave from Napa for a single-day outing at Lake Tahoe.

Day 7: Lake Tahoe

No driving, exploring hiking trails, nearby angora lakes, and spending time on the water.

After two days in a row of heavy driving, travelers on a 10-day California road trip may find themselves needing a break from the car. Thankfully, Lake Tahoe has plenty of activities to entertain for a full day, even for those who started their adventures the afternoon before.

The second day in Lake Tahoe is the perfect chance to truly explore this scenic part of the Sierra Nevadas. Numerous Lake Tahoe hikes with scenic views exist for every skill level, while the rustic yet modern town of South Lake Tahoe is perfect for wandering.

Nearby, the Angora Lakes offer plenty of reasons to visit for those wanting a quieter day on the water. Even those just hoping to spend a second day on the water itself, either by swimming, paddleboarding, kayaking, or boating, will find plenty of ways to spend the day at this scenic California road trip stop.

  • Straight-through Drive Time: None
  • Scenic Things to Enjoy in and around Lake Tahoe (Day 2): Lake Tahoe Hiking Trails, Angora Lakes, Emerald Bay State Park, Paddleboarding, Kayaking, Boating, Fishing, Sand Harbor

Day 8: Yosemite National Park

Distance: 180 miles. spot iconic natural landmarks like firefall and glacier point.

On the road again, and this time headed for the most visited national park in California. Yosemite National Park is the poster child for scenic California, with sprawling evergreen forests, unusual granite formations, and even a fire waterfall (one of the best waterfalls in Yosemite !).

At nearly 750,000 acres, most of which is true wilderness, Yosemite requires at least a day and a half to fully explore. Getting to Yosemite National Park can be a challenge and another example of mountain roads elongating a deceptively short drive.

The drive from South Lake Tahoe to Yosemite National Park will take a minimum of four hours to safely do. Fortunately, the drive is almost as scenic as the destination and provides plenty of chances to turn off and simply take in the grand nature of the Sierra Nevadas of California.

  • Driving Distance: 180 miles
  • Straight-through Drive Time: ~4 hours
  • Scenic Things to Enjoy in Yosemite National Park (Day 1): Tunnel View, Bridal Veil Falls, Glacier Point, Yosemite Falls, Wildlife Watching, Birding

Yosemite National Park charges $35 per private vehicle entering the park. This entrance fee is good for up to seven days after purchase, covering both days of this road trip itinerary.

Day 9: Yosemite National Park

No driving. enjoy hiking trails, horseback riding, and more scenic views.

Yosemite is a grand destination with a number of activities, including various Yosemite National Park scenic hikes , charming driving routes, and wildlife-watching areas. Guests can opt to either stay in the park itself or at one of the nearby hotels and lodges.

In addition to the scenic hikes and drives, those with a full day to spend in Yosemite National Park can take advantage of additional activities offered through the National Park Service , including guided tours and horseback riding outings.

Lucky visitors who have planned ahead can also participate in the permit-only hike in Yosemite, the Half Dome day hike , which has multiple route options, all of which are classified as strenuous. A 10- to 12-hour adventure straight up the granite formation, this hike is one of the most unique ways to spend the day at this scenic California road trip stop.

  • Scenic Things to Enjoy in Yosemite National Park (Day 2): Half Dome, El Capitan, Scenic Hiking Trails, The Yosemite Firefall, Wildlife Watching, Backpacking Trails

Worried about drive time? Visitors looking to maximize the time of their last day of the California road trip in Sequoia and Kings Canyon National Parks can start their Yosemite activities early and then do the drive to the next stop that night. This way, travelers can spend their entire last day at Sequoia and Kings Canyon National Parks.

Day 10: Sequoia And Kings Canyon National Parks

Distance: 138 miles. visit two national parks, views of river gorges, mountain lakes, & giant redwoods.

All good things must come to an end, but that doesn’t mean they can’t end with a bang. The last day of the 10-day California road trip takes travelers through the Valley of the Giants. Neighboring Sequoia National Park and Kings Canyon National Park are home to not just the largest trees in the state but the largest trees in the entire world (by weight).

The 47-mile Sequoia Scenic Drive is one of the best ways to visit the highlights of these national parks in a short time frame. Visiting General Sherman himself, as well as stunning views of Kings Canyon, mountain lakes, and various other giant sequoias, this byway is the perfect scenic spot to wrap up a California road trip.

  • Driving Distance: 138 miles
  • Straight-through Drive Time: ~2 hours 45 minutes
  • Scenic Things to Enjoy in Sequoia and Kings Canyon National Parks: General Sherman, Giant Sequoias, Kings Canyon, Rae Lakes, Sequoia Scenic Road

Sequoia and Kings Canyon National Parks are frequently grouped together, and this is also true for their entrance fee. The $35 private vehicle entrance fee gets visitors into both Sequoia National Park and Kings Canyon National Park for seven days.

10-Day California Road Trip Itinerary With Scenic Stops

Watch CBS News

Twice-daily convoys begin Monday near Big Sur

April 28, 2024 / 10:00 PM PDT / CBS/Bay City News Service

BIG SUR -- Caltrans will be allowing one-hour, twice-daily convoys on Highway 1 past the Rocky Creek road washout starting Monday, the agency said.

The convoys have been organized around a landslide that crippled Highway 1 in the Big Sur area at the end of March.

Starting on Monday, convoys will run from 7 a.m. to 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. to 6 p.m. each day. During the morning convoy, the public will have access to both directions. In the afternoon, the public will be able to use the northbound convoy to leave the area but only residents, essential workers and drivers with existing travel reservations will be allowed to join the southbound convoy, according to Caltrans. There is no exit to the south.

Highway 1 Big Sur Washout - California Storm

"Since convoys need time to alternate the travel direction during the one-hour window, travelers are advised to arrive as early as possible to take advantage," said a spokesperson for Caltrans on Sunday.

Highway 1 will remain closed for the remainder of each day so that crews can continue to repair the roadway. Caltrans said it will assess convoy demand during the week and adjust the duration or schedule if necessary.

Since a portion of the highway collapsed, crews have focused their efforts on stabilizing the edge of the roadway in the southbound lane, Caltrans said. Workers use a crane to carry a crew basket with drilling equipment over the edge of the roadway to drill stabilizing horizontal rock dowels into the surface below the pavement. Once that is stabilized, a temporary signal will be installed to direct one-way traffic control.

Initial repairs should be finished by May 27.

  • Road Conditions

Featured Local Savings

More from cbs news.

Child killed after vehicle crashes into power pole in Castro Valley along Palomares Road

Fire burns vacant commercial building in downtown Concord

Golden Gate Ferry service from Sausalito to San Francisco to resume after pier repairs

Issues with FAFSA financial aid applications plague Bay Area high school students

IMAGES

  1. The Ultimate Big Sur Day Trip Itinerary

    big sur day trip itinerary

  2. Getting the Most of Your Big Sur Day Trip

    big sur day trip itinerary

  3. BIG SUR ROAD TRIP ITINERARY: The Ultimate Guide to Beautiful Big Sur

    big sur day trip itinerary

  4. 21 Fun Things to do in Big Sur Day Trip: Ultimate California Coast Road

    big sur day trip itinerary

  5. The Ultimate Big Sur Day Trip Itinerary

    big sur day trip itinerary

  6. The Ultimate Big Sur Day Trip Itinerary

    big sur day trip itinerary

VIDEO

  1. Big Sur Day Trip (part 2)

  2. Big Sur Weekend

  3. Big Sur Day 2

  4. The Best Big Sur Day Hike

  5. Trang An Grottos in Ninh Binh, Vietnam

COMMENTS

  1. The Ultimate Big Sur Day Trip Itinerary

    The best place to stay if embarking upon a Big Sur day trip is Carmel or Monterey. Monterey, which is further north of Big Sur than Carmel, is located no more than 1-1.5 hours away from most of the attractions that we recommend seeing when visiting the area.

  2. Getting the Most of Your Big Sur Day Trip

    Point Lobos State Natural Reserve. Point Lobos is definitely one of the most popular stops on a Big Sur day trip…for good reason. This state nature preserve has the perfect coastal trifecta of marine mammals, craggy coastline and views for days. We recommend doing the full, 6.7 mile loop trail around the peninsula.

  3. The Ultimate Big Sur Day Trip Itinerary

    The final stop on this Big Sur day trip itinerary is the incredible McWay Falls. This 24-metre waterfall is a rare tidefall, a waterfall that flows directly into the ocean. As a matter of fact, McWay Falls is one of about 39 tidefalls in the entire world! This stunning waterfall is located at McWay Beach in Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park.

  4. How to Spend One Day in Big Sur: Day Trip Guide from the Bay Area

    Planning a Big Sur Day Trip. The drive from Carmel-by-the-Sea to San Simeon is 2 hours and 20 minutes of curvy, cliff-side driving. If you're going to drive all of the Big Sur coastline in a day, coming from the Bay Area, you'll want to be prepared for at least 5 hours of driving each way, a total of 10 hours on the road.

  5. BIG SUR ROAD TRIP ITINERARY: The Ultimate Guide to Big Sur

    Read on for the most perfect Big Sur road trip itinerary! If you're looking to take a much longer trip down the PCH, check out all my favorite stops on the Pacific Coast Highway - yes, all 75 of them! BUT FIRST, THE BASICS. Nearest City: Carmel (to the north, ~45 min drive) and San Simeon (to the south ~1.5 hour drive)

  6. 1-Day Big Sur Itinerary

    1-Day Salinas Itinerary. 1-Day the Carmel Valley Itinerary. 1-Day Pebble Beach Itinerary. 1-Day Aptos Itinerary. 1-Day Moss Landing Itinerary. Make the most out of your 1 day in Big Sur by exploring these top visited places: Point Lobos State Natural Reserve, Garrapata State Park, Cafe Kevah, and The Sur House.

  7. Carmel to Big Sur Day Trip: the Perfect Itinerary

    Location: 3 miles south of Carmel. Hours: 8am to 7pm. Fee: $10 vehicle fee. Other Info: No dogs allowed, no camping, no drones. One of the most beautiful places in the area, and probably one of the best things to do in Big Sur. Point Lobos is a beautiful place to stop for a hike and take in the rugged California coast.

  8. Best Things to do in Big Sur Day Trip

    The charming city of Monterey is the perfect place to begin your Big Sur day trip. Check out attractions such as the Cannery Row, 17 Mile Drive, Pebble Beach, and the aquarium. There are many other things to do in Monterey County. Take a cruise or see Pacific Grove and Carmel by the Sea before driving down to Big Sur.

  9. Big Sur in a Day: Unveiling Coastal Wonders

    This one-day itinerary in Big Sur, curated by Trip.com, promises a compact yet comprehensive experience of this Californian treasure. Itinerary at a Glance. Day 1. Pfeiffer Beach - Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park. Show More. Day 1: Exploring the Natural Wonders of Big Sur. 1. Pfeiffer Beach.

  10. Epic Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary: Explore California's Pacific Coast

    Visit California's rugged Pacific coast, drive down Big Sur along Highway 1, see some of the gorgeous California state parks, and I promise this will be a trip you will never forget. This Big Sur road trip guide and itinerary will help you plan the best trip down the California coast. Whether you have 1 day or 1 week, there are endless ways ...

  11. The Perfect 4 Day Monterey, Carmel and Big Sur Itinerary

    Itinerary DAY 3 Big Sur Road Trip. If you don't have a rental car or don't want to do this drive on your own, I recommend this full day tour to Big Sur. 8 AM- Breakfast and Pick up Picnic Lunch. We ate a quick breakfast at the hotel (one of the other perks of staying there) and then headed to the 5th Avenue Deli. I had it recommended to me ...

  12. The Ultimate Big Sur Road Trip Guide With Map

    Planning a Big Sur Day Trip Itinerary. If I had to pick 3 places to stop on Big Sur that are get-out-of-your-car, must-sees, they would be: Bixby Bridge; Partington Cove; Pfeiffer Beach State Park; All 3 of these can be done on the same day, and they are outstanding viewpoints. Of course, there is so much more to see and do, so let's get started!

  13. 2 Days In Big Sur: 25 Best Things To Do For An Epic Road Trip

    To the south of Hearst Castle, you'll find a few beachy towns and charming towns to visit (or conclude your visit) on your Big Sur road trip. 22. NITT WITT RIDGE. Nitt Witt Ridge, a California Registered Historical Landmark, is a quirky-as-can-be house on a quarter acre in Cambria.

  14. Monterey and Big Sur Itinerary: Plan the Perfect Road Trip

    Pfieffer Beach | Address: 9100 Sycamore Canyon Rd, Big Sur, CA, 93920. 5. Nepenthe and Cafe Kevah. A great option for lunch in Big Sur is Nepenthe and Cafe Kevah. With an early head start to your day, you will have plenty of parking spaces to choose from if you stop for lunch here.

  15. The Perfect Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary

    Credit Google Maps: Carmel To Big Sur road trip. Above is the approximate driving time and mileage to see most of Big Sur (around 96 miles and 2 1/2 hours). The Big Sur area is located between Carmel and San Simeon, and you need to drive on Highway 1 to experience this mesmerizing coastline. You do not need to see all of Big Sur to enjoy the ...

  16. The Ultimate Guide to Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary with 13 Stops

    Big Sur Day Trip Itinerary: Big Sur is not a village, town, or city; it is a stretch of coastline in California. It is 90 miles between the town of Carmel in the north and San Simeon to the south. It encompasses stunning views of mountains, the Blue Ocean, rugged cliffs, and pure natural beauty.

  17. The Best Big Sur Itinerary for an Epic Weekend Trip

    Big Sur is hands-down one of the most beautiful places in California. The rugged, mountainous terrain combined with the coastal cliff views provides the ultimate escape into nature. Check out my 2-day Big Sur itinerary to plan your trip cruising on the coastal, winding roads. Big Sur makes for an amazing weekend getaway! How to […]

  18. Big Sur Road Trip

    2. Point Lobos State Park. (Carmel to Point Lobos State Park = 15 minutes) Point Lobos State Park is the first, big stop on your Big Sur road trip. In this state park, you will find a few hiking trails, hidden beaches and many viewpoints to keep you busy.

  19. Big Sur Road Trip: Best Stops on a Scenic California Coast Adventure!

    The Big Sur Ranger Station is located at 47555 Hwy 1, Big Sur, CA 93920. Rangers are generally available from 9 a.m. until 4 p.m. in the event you have questions or need information on hikes, road conditions, camping, and more. There are public restrooms at the station and cell service is generally available.

  20. Big Sur Pacific Coast Highway Road Trip 3 Day Itinerary

    Perfect ending to your Big Sur Pacific Coast Highway day trip! Day Three: Monterey. Morning. Monterey is just a 10 minute drive from Carmel and a great area to explore for the day! You could drive the famous 17-mile Pebble Beach driveen route. It's $10.50 entrance per car to see the iconic views.

  21. 5 Day Pacific Coast Itinerary: Big Sur and beyond!

    Pacific Coast Highway Itinerary In 5 Days. Exploring San Francisco And Renting A Car. Day 1: Half Moon Bay, Santa Cruz, Monterey Peninsula, 17 Mile Drive, And Carmel-By-The-Sea. Day 2: Big Sur Highlights - Bixby Bridge, Point Sur Lighthouse, McWay Falls, Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park, And San Simeon.

  22. Big Sur Itinerary: How to Plan an Amazing Big Sur Road Trip

    It is a 2.8-mile out-and-back trail with a 492 foot elevation gain. Pfeiffer Falls Trail: If you're looking for a beautiful hike out to a waterfall, this trail in Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park is a great choice. The 1.3-mile out-and-back hike (which has an elevation gain of 403 feet) takes you to Pfeiffer Falls.

  23. The Ultimate Big Sur Road Trip Itinerary

    That being said, if planning a San Francisco to Big Sur road trip itinerary, a few incredible places we recommend stopping along the way include Daly City, Half Moon Bay, Gilroy, Santa Cruz, and Monterey (there is a scenic road between Pacific Grove and Pebble Beach). Heck, you could even include Morro Bay, San Luis Obispo, Pismo Beach, and ...

  24. Monterey County & Los Angeles in 4 Days: A Southern ...

    The adventure continues on day three with a full day in the majestic Big Sur, offering breathtaking coastal views and a visit to the architectural marvel, Big Creek Bridge. Your final day is a serene escape to the quaint charm of Carmel-By-The-Sea, paired with a scenic drive along the legendary California 1, both promising a day of ...

  25. WA Sept 2024

    1 day redwoods. 1 day crater lake. 2 days monterey/ Big Sur . That's 11 days…then other days for driving, Day 1 fly in. Day 2 Seattle / buffer day. Day 3-4 Olympic. Day 5 to Portland. Day 6 Portland. Day 7 to bandon, OR. Day 8 to redwoods. Day 9 redwoods. Day 10 to SF on US 101. Day 11-12 SF. Day 13-14 Monterey/ Big Sur . Day 15 drive to ...

  26. 10-Day California Road Trip Itinerary With Scenic Stops

    Hearst Castle from $30 per person per tour. Driving Distance: ~475 miles. Straight-through Drive Time: ~ 8 hours. Scenic Things to Enjoy on the Road to Big Sur: Pacific Coast Highway, Hearst ...

  27. Twice-daily convoys begin Monday near Big Sur

    April 28, 2024 / 10:00 PM PDT / CBS/Bay City News Service. BIG SUR -- Caltrans will be allowing one-hour, twice-daily convoys on Highway 1 past the Rocky Creek road washout starting Monday, the ...